Service Manual for Nissan models including: Nissan, Murano, 2006, Service Manual, Repair Manual, Body System, Lock System, Security System, Remote Keyless Entry, Intelligent Key System, BL-1, BL-2, BL-3, BL-4, BL-5, BL-6, BL-7, BL-8, BL-9, BL-10, BL-11, BL-12, BL-13, BL-14, BL-15, BL-16, BL-17, BL-18, BL-19, BL-20, BL-21, BL-22, BL-23, BL-24, BL-25, BL-26, BL-27, BL-28, BL-29, BL-30, BL-31, BL-32, BL-33, BL-34, BL-35, BL-36, BL-37, BL-38, BL-39, BL-40, BL-41, BL-42, BL-43, BL-44, BL-45, BL-46, BL-47, BL-48, BL-49, BL-50, BL-51, BL-52, BL-53, BL-54, BL-55, BL-56, BL-57, BL-58, BL-59, BL-60, BL-61, BL-62, BL-63, BL-64, BL-65, BL-66, BL-67, BL-68, BL-69, BL-70, BL-71, BL-72, BL-73, BL-74, BL-75, BL-76, BL-77, BL-78, BL-79, BL-80, BL-81, BL-82, BL-83, BL-84, BL-85, BL-86, BL-87, BL-88, BL-89, BL-90, BL-91, BL-92, BL-93, BL-94, BL-95, BL-96, BL-97, BL-98, BL-99, BL-100, BL-101, BL-102, BL-103, BL-104, BL-105, BL-106, BL-107, BL-108, BL-109, BL-110, BL-111, BL-112, BL-113, BL-114, BL-115, BL-116, BL-117, BL-118, BL-119, BL-120, BL-121, BL-122, BL-123, BL-124, BL-125, BL-126, BL-127, BL-128, BL-129, BL-130, BL-131, BL-132, BL-133, BL-134, BL-135, BL-136, BL-137, BL-138, BL-139, BL-140, BL-141, BL-142, BL-143, BL-144, BL-145, BL-146, BL-147, BL-148, BL-149, BL-150, BL-151, BL-152, BL-153, BL-154, BL-155, BL-156, BL-157, BL-158, BL-159, BL-160, BL-161, BL-162, BL-163, BL-164, BL-165, BL-166, BL-167, BL-168, BL-169, BL-170, BL-171, BL-172, BL-173, BL-174, BL-175, BL-176, BL-177, BL-178, BL-179, BL-180, BL-181, BL-182, BL-183, BL-184, BL-185, BL-186, BL-187, BL-188, BL-189, BL-190, BL-191, BL-192, BL-193, BL-194, BL-195, BL-196, BL-197, BL-198, BL-199, BL-200, BL-201, BL-202, BL-203, BL-204, BL-205, BL-206, BL-207, BL-208, BL-209, BL-210, BL-211, BL-212, BL-213, BL-214, BL-215, BL-216, BL-217, BL-218, BL-219, BL-220, BL-221, BL-222, BL-223, BL-224, BL-225, BL-226, BL-227, BL-228, BL-229, BL-230, BL-231, BL-232, BL-233, BL-234, BL-235, BL-236, BL-237, BL-238, BL-239, BL-240, BL-241, BL-242, BL-243, BL-244, BL-245, BL-246, BL-247, BL-248, BL-249, BL-250, BL-251, BL-252, BL-253, BL-254, BL-255, BL-256, BL-257, BL-258, BL-259, BL-260, BL-261, BL-262, BL-263, BL-264, BL-265, BL-266, BL-267, BL-268, BL-269, BL-270, BL-271, BL-272, BL-273, BL-274, BL-275, BL-276, BL-277, BL-278, BL-279, BL-280, BL-281, BL-282, BL-283, BL-284, BL-285, BL-286, BL-287, BL-288, BL-289, BL-290, BL-291, BL-292, BL-293, BL-294, BL-295, BL-296, BL-297, BL-298, BL-299, BL-300, BL-301, BL-302, BL-303, BL-304, BL-305, BL-306, BL-307, BL-308, BL-309, BL-310, BL-311, INFINITI, NISSAN, Murano, Service Manual, Repair Manual, Body, Lock, Security, Keyless Entry, Intelligent Key, Diagnostics, Troubleshooting, Wiring Diagrams, Schematics, CONSULT-II, BL-1, BL-2, BL-3, BL-4, BL-5, BL-6, BL-7, BL-8, BL-9, BL-10, BL-11, BL-12, BL-13, BL-14, BL-15, BL-16, BL-17, BL-18, BL-19, BL-20, BL-21, BL-22, BL-23, BL-24, BL-25, BL-26, BL-27, BL-28, BL-29, BL-30, BL-31, BL-32, BL-33, BL-34, BL-35, BL-36, BL-37, BL-38, BL-39, BL-40, BL-41, BL-42, BL-43, BL-44, BL-45, BL-46, BL-47, BL-48, BL-49, BL-50, BL-51, BL-52, BL-53, BL-54, BL-55, BL-56, BL-57, BL-58, BL-59, BL-60, BL-61, BL-62, BL-63, BL-64, BL-65, BL-66, BL-67, BL-68, BL-69, BL-70, BL-71, BL-72, BL-73, BL-74, BL-75, BL-76, BL-77, BL-78, BL-79, BL-80, BL-81, BL-82, BL-83, BL-84, BL-85, BL-86, BL-87, BL-88, BL-89, BL-90, BL-91, BL-92, BL-93, BL-94, BL-95, BL-96, BL-97, BL-98, BL-99, BL-100, BL-101, BL-102, BL-103, BL-104, BL-105, BL-106, BL-107, BL-108, BL-109, BL-110, BL-111, BL-112, BL-113, BL-114, BL-115, BL-116, BL-117, BL-118, BL-119, BL-120, BL-121, BL-122, BL-123, BL-124, BL-125, BL-126, BL-127, BL-128, BL-129, BL-130, BL-131, BL-132, BL-133, BL-134, BL-135, BL-136, BL-137, BL-138, BL-139, BL-140, BL-141, BL-142, BL-143, BL-144, BL-145, BL-146, BL-147, BL-148, BL-149, BL-150, BL-151, BL-152, BL-153, BL-154, BL-155, BL-156, BL-157, BL-158, BL-159, BL-160, BL-161, BL-162, BL-163, BL-164, BL-165, BL-166, BL-167, BL-168, BL-169, BL-170, BL-171, BL-172, BL-173, BL-174, BL-175, BL-176, BL-177, BL-178, BL-179, BL-180, BL-181, BL-182, BL-183, BL-184, BL-185, BL-186, BL-187, BL-188, BL-189, BL-190, BL-191, BL-192, BL-193, BL-194, BL-195, BL-196, BL-197, BL-198, BL-199, BL-200, BL-201, BL-202, BL-203, BL-204, BL-205, BL-206, BL-207, BL-208, BL-209, BL-210, BL-211, BL-212, BL-213, BL-214, BL-215, BL-216, BL-217, BL-218, BL-219, BL-220, BL-221, BL-222, BL-223, BL-224, BL-225, BL-226, BL-227, BL-228, BL-229, BL-230, BL-231, BL-232, BL-233, BL-234, BL-235, BL-236, BL-237, BL-238, BL-239, BL-240, BL-241, BL-242, BL-243, BL-244, BL-245, BL-246, BL-247, BL-248, BL-249, BL-250, BL-251, BL-252, BL-253, BL-254, BL-255, BL-256, BL-257, BL-258, BL-259, BL-260, BL-261, BL-262, BL-263, BL-264, BL-265, BL-266, BL-267, BL-268, BL-269, BL-270, BL-271, BL-272, BL-273, BL-274, BL-275, BL-276, BL-277, BL-278, BL-279, BL-280, BL-281, BL-282, BL-283, BL-284, BL-285, BL-286, BL-287, BL-288, BL-289, BL-290, BL-291, BL-292, BL-293, BL-294, BL-295, BL-296, BL-297, BL-298, BL-299, BL-300, BL-301, BL-302, BL-303, BL-304, BL-305, BL-306, BL-307, BL-308, BL-309, BL-310, BL-311

BL

BRC - filepursuit.g3g.quest

PDF preview unavailable. Download the PDF instead.

bl
BODY, LOCK & SECURITY SYSTEM
I BODY

A

SECTION

B

BODY, LOCK & SECURITY SYSTEM C

D

CONTENTS

E

PRECAUTIONS ......................................................... 5 Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................. 5 Precautions for Work ............................................... 5
PREPARATION .......................................................... 6 Special Service Tools .............................................. 6 Commercial Service Tools ....................................... 6
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ..... 7 Work Flow ............................................................... 7 CUSTOMER INTERVIEW .................................... 7 DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE ...... 8 CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS .......... 8 LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE ..................................................... 8 REPAIR THE CAUSE .......................................... 8 CONFIRM THE REPAIR ...................................... 9 Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting .......... 9 INSTRUMENT PANEL ......................................... 9 CENTER CONSOLE ............................................ 9 DOORS ................................................................ 9 TRUNK ............................................................... 10 SUNROOF/HEADLINING .................................. 10 SEATS ................................................................ 10 UNDERHOOD .................................................... 10 Diagnostic Worksheet ............................................11
HOOD ...................................................................... 13 Fitting Adjustment ................................................. 13 LONGITUDINAL AND LATERAL CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT ................................................... 14 FRONT END HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT .............. 14 SURFACE HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT .................. 14 Removal and Installation of Hood Assembly ......... 15 REMOVAL .......................................................... 15 INSTALLATION .................................................. 15 Removal and Installation of Hood Lock Control .... 16 REMOVAL .......................................................... 16 INSTALLATION .................................................. 17 Hood Lock Control Inspection ............................... 17

RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT ................................. 19 F

Removal and Installation ....................................... 19

REMOVAL .......................................................... 19

INSTALLATION .................................................. 21 G FRONT FENDER ..................................................... 22

Removal and Installation ....................................... 22

REMOVAL .......................................................... 22 INSTALLATION .................................................. 22

H

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM ............................. 23

Component Parts and Harness Connector Location... 23 System Description ................................................ 24 BL

FUEL LID OPERATION ...................................... 25

POWER WINDOW SERIAL LINK ...................... 26

OUTLINE ............................................................ 26 J

CAN Communication System Description ............. 27

CAN Communication Unit ...................................... 27

Schematic / With Intelligent Key ............................ 28 K Wiring Diagram -D/LOCK- / With Intelligent Key ... 29

Schematic / Without Intelligent Key ....................... 34

Wiring Diagram -D/LOCK- / Without Intelligent Key... 35 Terminals and Reference Value for BCM .............. 39 L

CONSULT-II Function (BCM) ................................ 40

CONSULT-II BASIC OPERATION PROCEDURE

... 40 M

CONSULT-II APPLICATION ITEMS ................... 41

Work Flow .............................................................. 42

Trouble Diagnoses Chart by Symptom .................. 42

Power Supply and Ground Circuit Check .............. 43

Check Door Switch ................................................ 44

CHECK DOOR SWITCH (EXCEPT BACK DOOR

SWITCH) ............................................................ 44

CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH ......................... 46

Check Key Switch .................................................. 48

Check Door Lock and Unlock Switch .................... 50

Check Door Lock Actuator (Driver Side) ............... 52

Check Door Lock Actuator (Passenger Side and

Rear LH/RH) .......................................................... 53

Check Door Key Cylinder Switch / Without Intelligent

Key System ........................................................... 54

Check Door Key Cylinder Switch / With Intelligent

Revision: 2006 August

BL-1

2006 Murano

Key System ........................................................... 55 Check Select Unlock Relay Circuit ........................ 56 Check Fuel Lid Lock Actuator ................................ 56 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM .................... 58 ComponentParts and Harness Connector Location... 58 System Description ................................................ 59
INPUTS .............................................................. 59 OPERATED PROCEDURE ................................ 60 CAN Communication System Description ............. 62 CAN Communication Unit ...................................... 62 Schematic .............................................................. 63 Wiring Diagram -- KEYLES-- ............................... 64 Terminals and Reference Value for BCM ............... 67 Terminals and Reference Value for IPDM E/R ....... 68 CONSULT-II Function ............................................ 69 CONSULT-II Inspection Procedure ........................ 69 "MULTI REMOTE ENT" ...................................... 69 CONSULT-II Application Items .............................. 70 "MULTI REMOTE CONTENT" ............................ 70 Work Flow .............................................................. 72 Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom ................... 73 Check Key Fob Battery .......................................... 74 Check Key Fob Function ....................................... 74 Check ACC Power Supply Circuit ......................... 75 Check Door Switch ................................................ 76 CHECK DOOR SWITCH (EXCEPT BACK DOOR SWITCH) ............................................................ 76 CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH ......................... 78 Check Key Switch .................................................. 80 Check Remote Keyless Entry Receiver ................. 81 Check IPDM E/R Operation ................................... 84 Check Hazard Function ......................................... 84 Check Horn Function ............................................. 84 Check Headlamp Function .................................... 84 Check Room Lamp and Ignition Keyhole Illumination Function .......................................................... 85 ID Code Entry Procedure ...................................... 86 KEY FOB ID SET UP WITH CONSULT-II .......... 86 KEY FOB ID SET UP WITHOUT CONSULT-II ... 88 Key Fob Battery Replacement ............................... 89 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM .................................. 90 ComponentParts and Harness Connector Location... 90 System Description ................................................ 92 DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION .................. 93 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTIONS ........ 97 ENGINE START FUNCTION ............................ 100 WARNING CHIME FUNCTION ........................ 101 CHANGE SETTINGS FUNCTION .................... 103 INTELLIGENT KEY REGISTRATION ............... 104 STEERING LOCK UNIT REGISTRATION ....... 104 CAN Communication System Description ........... 104 CAN Communication Unit .................................... 104 Schematic ............................................................ 105 Wiring Diagram -- I/KEY-- ................................. 107 Terminals and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit ...................................................................... 120 Terminals and Reference Value for Steering Lock Unit ...................................................................... 122 Terminals and Reference Value for BCM ............. 122

Terminals and Reference Value for IPDM E/R .....123 Trouble Diagnosis Procedure ...............................124
PRELIMINALY CHECK .....................................124 WORK FLOW ...................................................125 CONSULT-II Functions (INTELLIGENT KEY) ......126 CONSULT-II Inspection Procedure ......................126 BASIC OPERATION .........................................126 CONSULT-II Application Items .............................127 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS ........................127 DATA MONITOR ...............................................127 WORK SUPPORT ............................................128 ACTIVE TEST ...................................................129 Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart ......................130 KEY WARNING LAMP ILLUMINATES GREEN.130 KEY WARNING LAMP ILLUMINATES RED .....130 KEY WARNING LAMP DOES NOT ILLUMINATE.131 SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS ARE NOT DISPLAYED ............................................................131 ENGINE START CONDITION CHECK .............131 DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION MALFUNCTION .................................................................132 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION MALFUNCTION .......................................................133 HAZARD AND HORN REMINDER FUNCTION MALFUNCTION ................................................134 POWER WINDOW DOWN FUNCTION MALFUNCTION .......................................................134 WARNING CHIME FUNCTION MALFUNCTION.134 WARNING LAMP FUNCTION MALFUNCTION.136 Check CAN Communication System ...................137 Check Power Supply and Ground Circuit ............137 Check Key Switch (Intelligent Key Unit Input) ......138 Check Key Switch (BCM Input) ............................139 Check Ignition Knob Switch .................................140 Check Door Switch ..............................................142 CHECK DOOR SWITCH (EXCEPT BACK DOOR SWITCH) ...........................................................142 CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH ........................144 Check Door Request Switch ................................145 Check Unlock Sensor ..........................................147 Check Intelligent Key Warning Buzzer (Inside) ....148 Check Intelligent Key Warning Buzzer (ENGINE ROOM) .................................................................149 Check Outside Key Antenna ................................151 CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA (DRIVER SIDE) ................................................................151 CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA (PASSENGER SIDE) ........................................................154 CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA (REAR BUMPER) .........................................................156 Check Inside Key Antenna ...................................158 Check Steering Lock Unit .....................................159 Check Stop Lamp Switch .....................................161 Check Park Position Switch .................................162 Check Select Unlock Relay ..................................164 Check "P-SHIFT" Warning Lamp .........................165 Check "KEY" Warning Lamp (RED) .....................167 Check "KEY" Warning Lamp (GREEN) ................168 Check Hazard Function .......................................169

Revision: 2006 August

BL-2

2006 Murano

Check Horn Function .......................................... 169 Check IPDM E/R Operation ................................ 170 Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit .. 170
REMOVAL ........................................................ 170 INSTALLATION ................................................ 170 Intelligent Key Battery Replacement ................... 171 INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY INSPECTION .. 171 DOOR .................................................................... 172 Fitting Adjustment ............................................... 172 FRONT DOOR ................................................. 172 REAR DOOR ................................................... 172 STRIKER ADJUSTMENT ................................ 173 Removal and Installation of Front Door ............... 173 REMOVAL ........................................................ 173 INSTALLATION ................................................ 174 Removal and Installation of Rear Door ............... 174 REMOVEL ........................................................ 174 INSTALLATION ................................................ 175 Door Weatherstrip ............................................... 175 REMOVAL ........................................................ 175 INSTALLATION ................................................ 175 FRONT DOOR LOCK ............................................ 176 Component Structure .......................................... 176 Removal and Installation ..................................... 176 REMOVAL ........................................................ 176 INSTALLATION ................................................ 178 REAR DOOR LOCK .............................................. 179 Component Structure .......................................... 179 Removal and Installation ..................................... 179 REMOVAL ........................................................ 179 INSTALLATION ................................................ 181 BACK DOOR ......................................................... 182 Fitting Adjustment ............................................... 182 VERTICAL/LATERAL CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT ............................................................... 182 Back Door Assembly ........................................... 183 REMOVAL ........................................................ 183 INSTALLATION ................................................ 184 INSPECTION ................................................... 184 Removal and Installation of Back Door Striker .... 184 REMOVAL ........................................................ 184 INSTALLATION ................................................ 184 Removal and Installation of Back Door Stay ....... 184 REMOVAL ........................................................ 184 INSTALLATION ................................................ 185 RemovalandInstallationofBackDoorWeatherstrip. 185 REMOVAL ........................................................ 185 INSTALLATION ................................................ 185 Emergency Unlock Lever .................................... 186 BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY ......................... 187 Removal and Installation of Back Door Lock ...... 187 REMOVAL ........................................................ 187 INSTALLATION ................................................ 187 INSPECTION ................................................... 187 Removal and Installation of Back Door Opener Switch .................................................................. 188 REMOVAL ........................................................ 188 INSTALLATION ................................................ 188 BACK DOOR OPENER ......................................... 189

Component Parts and Harness Connector Location. 189

System Description / Without Intelligent Key ....... 189 A

System Description / With Intelligent Key ............ 190

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION .................... 191

Schematic / With Intelligent Key .......................... 192 B Wiring Diagram --B/DOOR-- / With Intelligent Key. 193

Wiring Diagram --B/DOOR-- / Without Intelligent

Key ...................................................................... 196 Terminals and Reference Value for BCM ............ 198 C

Terminals and Reference Value for INTELLIGENT

KEY UNIT ............................................................ 198

Trouble Diagnosis ................................................ 199 D

BACK DOOR DOSE NOT OPEN WITH BACK

DOOR OPENER SWITCH / WITHOUT INTEL-

LIGENT KEY SYSTEM .................................... 199 E BACK DOOR DOSE NOT OPEN WITH BACK

DOOR OPENER SWITCH / WITH INTELLIGENT

KEY SYSTEM .................................................. 203

BACK DOOR DOSE NOT OPEN WITH BACK

F

DOOR REQUEST SWITCH ............................. 206

VEHICLESECURITY(THEFTWARNING)SYSTEM. 207

Component Parts and Harness Connector Location. 207 G

System Description .............................................. 209

DESCRIPTION ................................................. 209

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND ................... 210 H INITIAL CONDITION TO ACTIVATE THE SYS-

TEM .................................................................. 210

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM ALARM OPERATION ............................................................... 210

BL

VEHICLESECURITYSYSTEMDEACTIVATION. 211

PANIC ALARM OPERATION ........................... 211 CAN Communication System Description ........... 211 J

CAN Communication Unit .................................... 211

Schematic / With Intelligent Key .......................... 212

Wiring Diagram -VEHSEC- / With Intelligent Key. 213 K Schematic / Without Intelligent Key ..................... 218

Wiring Diagram -VEHSEC- / Without Intelligent Key. 219

Terminals and Reference Value for BCM ............ 224 L Terminals and Reference Value for IPDM E/R .... 224

CONSULT-II Function .......................................... 225

CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE ....... 225 CONSULT-II APPLICATION ITEM ................... 226 M

Trouble Diagnosis ................................................ 227

WORK FLOW ................................................... 227

Preliminary Check ............................................... 228

Symptom Chart .................................................... 229

Diagnostic Procedure 1 ....................................... 230

1 ­ 1 DOOR SWITCH CHECK ......................... 230

1 ­ 2 BACK DOOR SWITCH CHECK .............. 232

Diagnostic Procedure 2 ....................................... 234

SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP CHECK .......... 234

Diagnostic Procedure 3 ....................................... 235

FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH

CHECK ............................................................. 235

Diagnostic Procedure 4 ....................................... 235

VEHICLE SECURITY HORN ALARM CHECK . 235

Diagnostic Procedure 5 ....................................... 235

VEHICLE SECURITY HEADLAMP ALARM

Revision: 2006 August

BL-3

2006 Murano

CHECK ............................................................. 235 Diagnostic Procedure 6 ....................................... 235
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH CHECK. 235 NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEMNATS) ..................................................................... 236
ComponentParts and Harness Connector Location. 236 System Description .............................................. 236
DESCRIPTION ................................................. 236 SECURITY INDICATOR ................................... 237 System Composition ............................................ 238 ECM Re-communicating Function ....................... 238 Wiring Diagram -- NATS --/With Intelligent Key System ................................................................. 239 Wiring Diagram -- NATS --/Without Intelligent Key System ................................................................. 241 Terminals and Reference Value for Steering Lock Unit/With Intelligent Key System ......................... 242 Terminals and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit/With Intelligent Key System ......................... 242 Terminals and Reference Value for BCM ............. 243 CONSULT-II Function .......................................... 243 CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE ....... 243 CONSULT-II DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE FUNCTION ................................................................. 244 HOW TO READ SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS. 245 NVIS (NATS) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS ITEM CHART .................................................... 245 Trouble Diagnosis Procedure/With Intelligent Key System ................................................................. 246 PRELIMINALY CHECK .................................... 246 WORK FLOW ................................................... 247 Trouble Diagnosis Procedure/Without Intelligent Key System ......................................................... 248 WORK FLOW ................................................... 248 Trouble Diagnoses Symptom Chart ..................... 249 SELF-DIAGNOSIS RELATED ITEM ................. 249 Security Indicator Inspection ............................... 249 NON SELF-DIAGNOSIS RELATED ITEM ........ 249 Diagnostic Procedure 1 ....................................... 250 Diagnostic Procedure 2 ....................................... 252 Diagnostic Procedure 3 ....................................... 253 Diagnostic Procedure 4 ....................................... 255 Diagnostic Procedure 5 ....................................... 256 Diagnostic Procedure 6 ....................................... 257 How to Replace NATS Antenna Amp. ................. 258 INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER .......... 259

Wiring Diagram --TRNSCV-- .............................259 Trouble Diagnoses ...............................................260
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE ............................260 BODY REPAIR .......................................................262
Body Exterior Paint Color .....................................262 Body Component Parts ........................................263
UNDERBODY COMPONENT PARTS ..............263 BODY COMPONENT PARTS ...........................265 Corrosion Protection ............................................267 DESCRIPTION .................................................267 ANTI-CORROSIVE WAX ..................................268 UNDERCOATING .............................................269 STONE GUARD COAT .....................................270 Body Sealing ........................................................271 DESCRIPTION .................................................271 Body Construction ................................................274 BODY CONSTRUCTION ..................................274 Body Alignment ....................................................275 BODY CENTER MARKS ..................................275 PANEL PARTS MATCHING MARKS ................276 DESCRIPTION .................................................277 ENGINE COMPARTMENT ...............................278 UNDERBODY ...................................................280 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT .......................282 REAR BODY .....................................................284 Handling Precautions for Plastics ........................286 HANDLING PRECAUTIONS FOR PLASTICS .286 LOCATION OF PLASTIC PARTS .....................287 Precautions in Repairing High Strength Steel ......289 HIGH STRENGTH STEEL (HSS) USED IN NISSAN VEHICLES ................................................289 Replacement Operations .....................................292 DESCRIPTION .................................................292 HOODLEDGE ...................................................295 HOODLEDGE (PARTIAL REPLACEMENT) .....296 FRONT SIDE MEMBER ...................................297 FRONT SIDE MEMBER (PARTIAL REPLACEMENT) ...............................................................299 FRONT PILLAR ................................................300 CENTER PILLAR ..............................................302 OUTER SILL .....................................................304 REAR FENDER ................................................306 REAR PANEL ...................................................308 REAR FLOOR REAR ........................................309 REAR SIDE MEMBER EXTENSION ................ 311

Revision: 2006 August

BL-4

2006 Murano

PRECAUTIONS

PRECAUTIONS

PFP:00001

Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT A

BELT PRE-TENSIONER"

NIS0015N

The Supplemental Restraint System such as "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER", used along B

with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain

types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS

system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.

C

Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Man-

ual.

WARNING:

D

q To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death

in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be per-

formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.

E

q Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-

sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air

Bag Module, see the SRS section.

F

q Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this

Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or

harness connectors.

G

Precautions for Work

NIS0015O

q After removing and installing the opening/closing parts, be sure to carry out fitting adjustments to check

their operation.

H

q Check the lubrication level, damage, and wear of each part. If necessary, grease or replace it.

BL

J

K

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-5

2006 Murano

PREPARATION

PREPARATION

PFP:00002

Special Service Tools

NIS0015Q

The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.

Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name

Description

(J-39570) Chassis ear
(J-43980) NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit
Commercial Service Tools
Tool name

SIIA0993E SIIA0994E

Locating the noise Repairing the cause of noise Description

NIS0015R

Engine ear

SIIA0995E

Locating the noise

Revision: 2006 August

BL-6

2006 Murano

SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Work Flow

PFP:00000
A
NIS0015S
B

C

D

E

F

G
SBT842

CUSTOMER INTERVIEW

Interview the customer if possible, to determine the conditions that exist when the noise occurs.Use the Diag- H nostic Worksheet during the interview to document the facts and conditions when the noise occurs and any customer's comments; refer to BL-11, "Diagnostic Worksheet" . This information is necessary to duplicate the conditions that exist when the noise occurs.
BL q The customer may not be able to provide a detailed description or the location of the noise. Attempt to
obtain all the facts and conditions that exist when the noise occurs (or does not occur).

q

If there is more than one noise in the vehicle, be sure to diagnose and repair the noise that the customer is concerned about. This can be accomplished by test driving the vehicle with the customer.

J

q After identifying the type of noise, isolate the noise in terms of its characteristics. The noise characteristics

are provided so the customer, service adviser and technician are all speaking the same language when

defining the noise.

K

q Squeak --(Like tennis shoes on a clean floor)

Squeak characteristics include the light contact/fast movement/brought on by road conditions/hard sur-

faces=higher pitch noise/softer surfaces=lower pitch noises/edge to surface=chirping

L

q Creak--(Like walking on an old wooden floor)

Creak characteristics include firm contact/slow movement/twisting with a rotational movement/pitch

dependent on materials/often brought on by activity.

M

q Rattle--(Like shaking a baby rattle) Rattle characteristics include the fast repeated contact/vibration or similar movement/loose parts/missing clip or fastener/incorrect clearance.

q Knock --(Like a knock on a door) Knock characteristics include hollow sounding/sometimes repeating/often brought on by driver action.

q Tick--(Like a clock second hand) Tick characteristics include gentle contacting of light materials/loose components/can be caused by driver action or road conditions.

q Thump--(Heavy, muffled knock noise) Thump characteristics include softer knock/dead sound often brought on by activity.

q Buzz--(Like a bumble bee) Buzz characteristics include high frequency rattle/firm contact.

q Often the degree of acceptable noise level will vary depending upon the person. A noise that you may judge as acceptable may be very irritating to the customer.

q Weather conditions, especially humidity and temperature, may have a great effect on noise level.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-7

2006 Murano

SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE
If possible, drive the vehicle with the customer until the noise is duplicated. Note any additional information on the Diagnostic Worksheet regarding the conditions or location of the noise. This information can be used to duplicate the same conditions when you confirm the repair. If the noise can be duplicated easily during the test drive, to help identify the source of the noise, try to duplicate the noise with the vehicle stopped by doing one or all of the following: 1) Close a door. 2) Tap or push/pull around the area where the noise appears to be coming from. 3) Rev the engine. 4) Use a floor jack to recreate vehicle "twist". 5) At idle, apply engine load (electrical load, half-clutch on M/T model, drive position on A/T model). 6) Raise the vehicle on a hoist and hit a tire with a rubber hammer.
q Drive the vehicle and attempt to duplicate the conditions the customer states exist when the noise occurs.
q If it is difficult to duplicate the noise, drive the vehicle slowly on an undulating or rough road to stress the vehicle body.
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS
After verifying the customer concern or symptom, check ASIST for Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) related to that concern or symptom. If a TSB relates to the symptom, follow the procedure to repair the noise.
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE 1. Narrow down the noise to a general area. To help pinpoint the source of the noise, use a listening tool
(Chassis Ear: J-39570, Engine Ear and mechanics stethoscope).
2. Narrow down the noise to a more specific area and identify the cause of the noise by:
q removing the components in the area that you suspect the noise is coming from. Do not use too much force when removing clips and fasteners, otherwise clips and fastener can be broken or lost during the repair, resulting in the creation of new noise.
q tapping or pushing/pulling the component that you suspect is causing the noise. Do not tap or push/pull the component with excessive force, otherwise the noise will be eliminated only temporarily.
q feeling for a vibration with your hand by touching the component(s) that you suspect is (are) causing the noise.
q placing a piece of paper between components that you suspect are causing the noise.
q looking for loose components and contact marks. Refer to BL-9, "Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting" .
REPAIR THE CAUSE
q If the cause is a loose component, tighten the component securely.
q If the cause is insufficient clearance between components:
­ separate components by repositioning or loosening and retightening the component, if possible.
­ insulate components with a suitable insulator such as urethane pads, foam blocks, felt cloth tape or urethane tape. A Nissan Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) is available through your authorized Nissan Parts Department.
CAUTION: Do not use excessive force as many components are constructed of plastic and may be damaged.
NOTE: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. The following materials are contained in the Nissan Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980). Each item can be ordered separately as needed. URETHANE PADS [1.5 mm (0.059 in) thick] Insulates connectors, harness, etc. 76268-9E005: 100 × 135 mm (3.94 × 5.31 in)/76884-71L01: 60 × 85 mm (2.36 × 3.35 in)/76884-71L02: 15 × 25 mm (0.59 × 0.98 in) INSULATOR (Foam blocks) Insulates components from contact.Can be used to fill space behind a panel. 73982-9E000: 45 mm (1.77 in) thick, 50 × 50 mm (1.97 × 1.97 in)/73982-50Y00: 10 mm (0.39 in) thick, 50 × 50 mm (1.97 × 1.97 in)

Revision: 2006 August

BL-8

2006 Murano

SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

INSULATOR (Light foam block)

80845-71L00: 30 mm (1.18 in) thick, 30 × 50 mm (1.18×1.97 in)

A

FELT CLOTHTAPE

Used to insulate where movement does not occur. Ideal for instrument panel applications.

68370-4B000: 15 × 25 mm (0.59 × 0.98 in) pad/68239-13E00: 5 mm (0.20 in) wide tape roll The following materials, not found in the kit, can also be used to repair squeaks and rattles.

B

UHMW(TEFLON) TAPE

Insulates where slight movement is present. Ideal for instrument panel applications.

SILICONE GREASE

C

Used in place of UHMW tape that will be visible or not fit.

Note: Will only last a few months.

SILICONE SPRAY Use when grease cannot be applied.

D

DUCT TAPE

Use to eliminate movement.

E
CONFIRM THE REPAIR

Confirm that the cause of a noise is repaired by test driving the vehicle. Operate the vehicle under the same

conditions as when the noise originally occurred. Refer to the notes on the Diagnostic Worksheet.

F

Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting

NIS0015T

Refer to Table of Contents for specific component removal and installation information. G
INSTRUMENT PANEL

Most incidents are caused by contact and movement between:

1. The cluster lid A and instrument panel

H

2. Acrylic lens and combination meter housing

3. Instrument panel to front pillar garnish

4. Instrument panel to windshield

BL

5. Instrument panel mounting pins

6. Wiring harnesses behind the combination meter

7. A/C defroster duct and duct joint

J

These incidents can usually be located by tapping or moving the components to duplicate the noise or by pressing on the components while driving to stop the noise. Most of these incidents can be repaired by applying felt cloth tape or silicon spray (in hard to reach areas). Urethane pads can be used to insulate wiring har- K ness.

CAUTION: Do not use silicone spray to isolate a squeak or rattle. If you saturate the area with silicone, you will L not be able to recheck the repair.

CENTER CONSOLE

Components to pay attention to include:

M

1. Shifter assembly cover to finisher

2. A/C control unit and cluster lid C

3. Wiring harnesses behind audio and A/C control unit

The instrument panel repair and isolation procedures also apply to the center console.

DOORS Pay attention to the: 1. Finisher and inner panel making a slapping noise 2. Inside handle escutcheon to door finisher 3. Wiring harnesses tapping 4. Door striker out of alignment causing a popping noise on starts and stops Tapping or moving the components or pressing on them while driving to duplicate the conditions can isolate many of these incidents. You can usually insulate the areas with felt cloth tape or insulator foam blocks from the Nissan Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) to repair the noise.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-9

2006 Murano

SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TRUNK Trunk noises are often caused by a loose jack or loose items put into the trunk by the owner. In addition look for: 1. Trunk lid dumpers out of adjustment 2. Trunk lid striker out of adjustment 3. The trunk lid torsion bars knocking together 4. A loose license plate or bracket Most of these incidents can be repaired by adjusting, securing or insulating the item(s) or component(s) causing the noise.
SUNROOF/HEADLINING Noises in the sunroof/headlining area can often be traced to one of the following: 1. Sunroof lid, rail, linkage or seals making a rattle or light knocking noise 2. Sunvisor shaft shaking in the holder 3. Front or rear windshield touching headlining and squeaking Again, pressing on the components to stop the noise while duplicating the conditions can isolate most of these incidents. Repairs usually consist of insulating with felt cloth tape.
SEATS When isolating seat noise it's important to note the position the seat is in and the load placed on the seat when the noise is present. These conditions should be duplicated when verifying and isolating the cause of the noise. Cause of seat noise include: 1. Headrest rods and holder 2. A squeak between the seat pad cushion and frame 3. The rear seatback lock and bracket These noises can be isolated by moving or pressing on the suspected components while duplicating the conditions under which the noise occurs. Most of these incidents can be repaired by repositioning the component or applying urethane tape to the contact area.
UNDERHOOD Some interior noise may be caused by components under the hood or on the engine wall. The noise is then transmitted into the passenger compartment. Causes of transmitted underhood noise include: 1. Any component mounted to the engine wall 2. Components that pass through the engine wall 3. Engine wall mounts and connectors 4. Loose radiator mounting pins 5. Hood bumpers out of adjustment 6. Hood striker out of adjustment These noises can be difficult to isolate since they cannot be reached from the interior of the vehicle. The best method is to secure, move or insulate one component at a time and test drive the vehicle. Also, engine RPM or load can be changed to isolate the noise. Repairs can usually be made by moving, adjusting, securing, or insulating the component causing the noise.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-10

2006 Murano

SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Diagnostic Worksheet

NIS0015U
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-11

PIIB8740E
2006 Murano

SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Revision: 2006 August

BL-12

PIIB8742E
2006 Murano

HOOD Fitting Adjustment

HOOD

PFP:F5100
A
NIS0015V
B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-13

PIIB1217E
2006 Murano

HOOD

1. Bumper rubber 4. Hood lock assembly 7. Headlamp

2. Hood hinge 5. Hood assembly 8. Front fender

3. Hood stay 6. Front grille

LONGITUDINAL AND LATERAL CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT 1. Remove hood lock assembly, loosen the hood hinge nuts and close the hood. 2. Adjust the lateral and longitudinal clearance, and open the hood to tighten the hood hinge mounting bolts
to the specified torque. 3. Install the hood lock temporarily, and align the hood striker and lock so that the centers of striker and lock
become vertical viewed from the front, by moving the hood lock laterally. 4. Tighten hood lock mounting bolts to the specified torque. CAUTION: Adjust right/left Clearance between hood and each part to the following specification.
Hood and headlamp (B­B) : Less than 2.0 mm (0.08in)

FRONT END HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT 1. Remove the hood lock and adjust the height by rotating the bumper rubber until the hood becomes 1 to1.5
mm (0.04 to 0.059 in) lower than the fender.
2. Temporarily tighten the hood lock, and position it by engaging it with the hood striker. Check the lock and striker for looseness, and tighten the hood lock mounting bolts to the specified torque.

SURFACE HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT

1. Remove hood lock, and adjust the surface height difference of hood, fender and headlamp according to the fitting standard dimension, by rotating RH and LH bumper rubbers.

2. Install hood lock temporarily, and move hood lock laterally until the centers of striker and lock become vertical when viewed from the front.

3. Make sure that the hood lock secondary latch is properly engaged with the secondary striker with hood's own weight.

4. Make sure that the hood lock primary latch is securely engaged with the hood striker with hood's own weight by dropping hood from approx. 200 mm(7.87in) height.

CAUTION: Do not drop hood from a height of 300 mm (11.81 in) or more.

5. Move hood lockup and down until striker smoothly engages the

lock when the hood is closed.

6. When pulling the hood opener lever gently, make sure that front

PIIB1082E

end of the hood rises by approximately 20 mm (0.79 in) and that hood striker and hood lock primary latch

is disengaged. Also make sure that hood opener returns to the original position.

7. After adjustment, tighten lock bolts to the specified torque.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-14

2006 Murano

HOOD Removal and Installation of Hood Assembly

NIS0015W
A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

BL

J

1. Hood assembly 4. Hood stay

2. Hood front sealing rubber 5. Hood hinge

PIIA3926E

3. Hood insulator

6. Hood lock assembly

K

REMOVAL

1. Support the hood striker with a proper material to prevent it from

L

falling.

WARNING:

Body injury may occur if no supporting rod is holding the hood open when removing the damper stay.

M

PIIA3927E

2. Remove the hood stays from the stud balls on the body side.
3. Remove the hinge mounting nuts on the hood to remove the hood assembly.
CAUTION: Operate with two workers, because of its heavy weight.

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION: q Before installing hood hinge, apply anticorrosive agent onto the mounting surface of the vehicle
body.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-15

2006 Murano

HOOD
q After installing, perform hood fitting adjustment. Refer to BL-13, "Fitting Adjustment" .
Removal and Installation of Hood Lock Control

NIS0015X

1. Hood lock assembly 4. Hood ledge reinforce upper

2. Hood lock cable 5. hood ledge upper

PIIA4011E
3. Radiator core support side

REMOVAL 1. Remove the front grill. Refer to EI-19, "Removal and Installation" . 2. Remove the front fender protector (LH). Refer to EI-21, "Removal and Installation" . 3. Remove the hood lock assembly.

PIIB1218E
4. Disconnect the hood lock cable from the hood lock, and clip it from the radiator core support upper and hood ledge.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-16

2006 Murano

HOOD
5. Remove the hood lock opener mounting bolts, and remove the hood lock opener.
6. Remove the grommet on the dashboard, and pull the hood lock cable toward the passenger room. CAUTION: While pulling, be careful not to damage (peeling) the outside of the hood lock cable.
INSTALLATION 1. Pull the hood lock cable through the panel hole to the engine room.
Be careful not to bend the cable too much, keeping the radius 100mm (3.94 in) or more. 2. Make sure the cable is not offset from the positioning grommet, and push the grommet into the panel hole securely. 3. Apply the sealant to the grommet (at * mark) properly.
4. Install the cable securely to the lock. 5. After installing, check the hood lock adjustment and hood
opener operation.
Hood Lock Control Inspection
CAUTION: If the hood lock cable is bent or deformed, replace it.

A B C
PIIA4012E
D E F G H BL J
PIIA0173E
K L M
PIIA3552E NIS0015Y

Revision: 2006 August

BL-17

2006 Murano

HOOD
1. Make sure that the hood lock secondary latch is properly engaged with the secondary striker with hood's own weight.
2. Make sure that the hood lock primary latch is securely engaged with the hood striker with hood's own weight by dropping it from approx. 200 mm (7.87 in) height. CAUTION: Do not drop hood from a height of 300 mm (11.81in) or more.
PIIB1082E
3. When pulling hood opener lever gently, make sure that front end of the hood rises by approximately 20 mm (0.79 in) and that hood striker and hood lock primary latch are disengaged. Also make sure that hood opener returns to the original position.
4. Confirm hood lock is properly lubricated. If necessary, apply grease at the point shown in the figure.
PIIA3550E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-18

2006 Murano

RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT
RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT Removal and Installation

PFP:62500
A
NIS0015Z
B

C

D

E

F

G

H

BL

J

PIIA4405E

K

1. Radiator core support upper side (RH) 2. Radiator core support side (RH)

3. Radiator core support lower

4. Radiator core support center

5. Radiator core support upper center 6. Radiator core support side (LH)

7. Radiator core support upper side (LH)

L

REMOVAL

1. Remove radiator cover grill. Refer to EM-16, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

2. Remove air duct. Refer to EM-16, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

M

3. Remove front bumper, bumper reinforcement and bumper stay. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation" .

4. Remove hood lock assembly, remove hood lock cable. Refer to BL-16, "Removal and Installation of Hood Lock Control" .

5. Remove headlamp (LH/RH). Refer to LT-34, "Removal and Installation" or LT-62, "Removal and Installation" .

6. Remove crash zone sensor. Refer to SRS-47, "Removal and Installation" .

7. Remove the hood switch Refer to BL-207, "Component Parts and Harness Connector Location" .

8. Remove the undercover.

9. Remove the ambient sensor. Refer to ATC-108, "Removal and Installation" .

Revision: 2006 August

BL-19

2006 Murano

RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT
10. Remove mounting bolt washer tank.

11. Remove mounting harness clip on radiator core support assembly, the harness is separate. 12. Remove the radiator core support upper side.

PIIA4406E

CAUTION: Put a wooden block under the radiator assembly to prevent the radiator assembly from falling.
13. Remove the radiator core support center. 14. Remove the radiator core support upper center. 15. Remove the radiator core support side.

PIIA4407E PIIA4411E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-20

PIIA4408E
2006 Murano

RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT
16. Remove radiator core support assembly. 17. After removing radiator core support assembly, the following
parts are separate. q Radiator core support lower
INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal.

A B C
PIIA4410E
D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-21

2006 Murano

FRONT FENDER Removal and Installation

FRONT FENDER

PFP:63100
NIS00160

1. Front fender

PIIA6077E

REMOVAL 1. Remove the front bumper. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation" . 2. Remove the headlamp. Refer to LT-34, "Removal and Installation" or LT-62, "Removal and Installation" . 3. Remove the front fender protector. Refer to EI-21, "Removal and Installation" . 4. Remove the mounting bolt and remove the front fender. CAUTION: While removing use a shop cloth to protect body from damaging.

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION: q After installing, apply touch-up paint (the body color) onto the head of the front fender mounting
bolts.
q After installing, check front fender adjustment. Refer to BL-13, "Fitting Adjustment" and BL-172, "Fitting Adjustment" .

Revision: 2006 August

BL-22

2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM Component Parts and Harness Connector Location

PFP:24814
A
NIS00161
B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-23

PIIB4525E
2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

PIIB4529E

System Description

NIS00162

Power is supplied at all times

q through 50A fusible link (letter F , located in the fuse and fusible link box)

q to BCM terminal 55

q through 10A fuse [No. 18, located in the fuse block (J/B)] q to BCM terminal 42 q through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in the fuse block (J/B)]

q to key switch terminal 3 (without Intelligent Key system)

q through 10A fuse [No. 22, located in the fuse block (J/B)]

q to key switch and ignition knob switch terminal 1 and 3 (with Intelligent Key system)

When key switch is ON (key is inserted in ignition key cylinder), power is supplied q through key switch terminal 4 (without Intelligent Key system) q through key switch and ignition switch terminal 4 (with Intelligent Key system) q to BCM terminal 37. Ground is supplied q to BCM terminal 52 q through body grounds M14 and M78. When front door switch (driver side) is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied q to BCM terminal 62

q through front door switch (driver side) terminals 4 and 5

q through body grounds M14 and M78.

When front door switch (passenger side) is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied

q to BCM terminal 12

q through front door switch (passenger side) terminals 4 and 5 q through body grounds M14 and M78. When rear door switch LH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied

q to BCM terminal 63

q through rear door switch LH terminals 4 and 5

q through body grounds B7 and B20.

When rear door switch RH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied q to BCM terminal 13 q through rear door switch RH terminals 4 and 5 q through body grounds B105 and B116. When back door switch is ON (back door is OPEN), ground is supplied q to BCM terminal 58 q through back door switch terminals 3 and 4 q through body grounds B7 and B20.

When door is locked and unlocked with power window main switch (door lock and unlock switch), ground is supplied

Revision: 2006 August

BL-24

2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

q to CPU of power window main switch

q through power window main switch (door lock and unlock switch) terminal 17

A

q through body grounds M14 and M78.

Then power window main switch (door lock and unlock switch) operation signal is supplied.

q to BCM terminal 22

B

q through power window main switch (door lock and unlock switch) terminal 14.

When door is locked and unlocked with front power window switch (passenger side) (door lock and unlock switch), ground is supplied

C

q to CPU of front power window switch (passenger side)

q through front power window switch (passenger side) (door lock and unlock switch) terminal 11

D

q through body grounds M14 and M78.

Then front power window switch (passenger side) (door lock and unlock switch) operation signal is supplied

q to BCM terminal 22

E

q through front power window switch (passenger side) (door lock and unlock switch) terminal 16.

When door is locked with door key cylinder switch, ground is supplied (without Intelligent Key system)

q to power window main switch (door lock and unlock switch) terminal 4

F

q through door key cylinder switch terminals 1 and 5

q through body grounds M14 and M78.

Then door key cylinder switch operation signal (lock) is supplied

G

q to BCM terminal 22

q through power window main switch (door lock and unlock switch) terminal 14.

H

When door is locked with door key cylinder switch, ground is supplied (with Intelligent Key system)

q to power window main switch (door lock and unlock switch) terminal 4

q through door key cylinder switch terminals 1 and 2

BL

q through body grounds M14 and M78.

Then door key cylinder switch operation signal (lock) is supplied

q to BCM terminal 22

J

q through power window main switch (door lock and unlock switch) terminal 14.

When the door is unlocked with door key cylinder switch, ground is supplied (without Intelligent Key system) K
q to power window main switch (door lock and unlock switch) terminal 6

q through front door key cylinder switch (driver side) terminal 6 and 5

q through grounds M14 and M78.

L

Then door key cylinder switch operation signal (unlock) is supplied

q to BCM terminal 22

q through power window main switch (door lock and unlock switch) terminal 14.

M

When the door is unlocked with door key cylinder switch, ground is supplied (with Intelligent Key system)

q to power window main switch (door lock and unlock switch) terminal 6

q through front door key cylinder switch (driver side) terminal 3 and 2

q through grounds M14 and M78.

Then door key cylinder switch operation signal (unlock) is supplied

q to BCM terminal 22

q through power window main switch (door lock and unlock switch) terminal 14.

BCM is connected to power window main switch and front power window switch (passenger side) as serial link.

FUEL LID OPERATION
When door is unlocked with power window main switch (door lock and unlock switch), fuel lid lock actuator is unlocked. Ground is supplied
q to BCM terminal 44

Revision: 2006 August

BL-25

2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
q through fuel lid lock actuator terminal 1 and 2 q through BCM terminal 50. In this condition, fuel lid can be opened if it is pushed
POWER WINDOW SERIAL LINK Power window main switch, front power window switch (passenger side) and BCM transmit and receive the signal by power window serial link. The under mentioned signal is transmitted from power window main switch to BCM. q Door lock and unlock switch signal. The under mentioned signal is transmitted from front power window switch (passenger side) to BCM. q Door lock and unlock switch signal.
OUTLINE Functions Available By Operating the Door Lock and Unlock Switches on Driver's Door and Passenger's Door q Interlocked with the locking operation of door lock and unlock switch, door lock actuators of all doors and
fuel lid lock actuator are locked. q Interlocked with the unlocking operation of door lock and unlock switch, door lock actuators of all doors
and fuel lid lock actuator are unlocked.
Functions Available By Operating the Door Key Cylinder Switch q Interlocked with the locking operation of door key cylinder, door lock actuators of all doors and fuel lid lock
actuator are locked. q When door key cylinder is unlocked, door lock actuator driver side is unlocked. q When door key cylinder is unlocked for the second time within 5 seconds after the first operation, door
lock actuators on all doors and fuel lid lock actuator are unlocked. Unlock mode can be changed using "DOOR LOCK-UNLOCK SET" mode in "WORK SUPPORT". Refer to BL-41, "Work Support" .
Key Reminder Door System When door lock and unlock switch is operated to lock doors with ignition key put in ignition key cylinder and any door (include back door) open, all door lock actuators are locked and then unlocked. Key reminder mode can be changed using "ANTI-LOCK OUT SET" mode in "WORK SUPPORT". Refer to BL-41, "Work Support" .

Revision: 2006 August

BL-26

2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

CAN Communication System Description

NIS00163

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- A

tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-

tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other

control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 B

communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.

Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

CAN Communication Unit

C
NIS00164

Refer to LAN-32, "CAN Communication Unit" .

D

E

F

G

H

BL

J

K

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-27

2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

Schematic / With Intelligent Key

NIS00165

Revision: 2006 August

BL-28

TIWB0132E
2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM Wiring Diagram -D/LOCK- / With Intelligent Key

NIS00166
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-29

TIWB0769E
2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

Revision: 2006 August

BL-30

TIWB0134E
2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-31

TIWB0135E
2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

Revision: 2006 August

BL-32

TIWB0136E
2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-33

TIWB0770E
2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

Schematic / Without Intelligent Key

NIS00167

Revision: 2006 August

BL-34

TIWB0138E
2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM Wiring Diagram -D/LOCK- / Without Intelligent Key

NIS00168
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-35

TIWB0771E
2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

Revision: 2006 August

BL-36

TIWB0140E
2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-37

TIWB0141E
2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

Revision: 2006 August

BL-38

TIWB0772E
2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

Terminals and Reference Value for BCM

TERMINA
L
1
12
13

WIRE COLO
R

ITEM

R/Y

Key ring illumination output signal

R Front door switch R/G*1 (Passenger side)
R/Y R/W*1 Rear door switch RH

Signal input/out-
put
Output
Input
Input

CONDITION
Key ring illumination is lighting. Key ring illumination is being turned off. ON (Door is opened)  OFF (Door is closed)
ON (Door is opened)  OFF (Door is closed)

22

BR/W Power window serial link

Input/output

Ignition switch (ON or power window timer operating)

37

B/R Key switch

Input

Key switch ON (key is inserted in ignition key cylinder)
Key switch OFF (key is removed from ignition key cylinder)

39

L CAN-H

Input/output

--

40

Y CAN-L

Input/output

--

30 minutes after ignition switch is

41

P

Battery saver output signal

Output turned to OFF

Ignition switch is in ON position

42

GR

Power source (Fuse)

Input

--

44

G/W

Driver door lock actuator and fuel lid opener actuator (Unlock)

Output

Door lock and unlock switch (Free  Unlock)

48

R

Room lamp output signal

Output

Room lamp is lighting.*2 Room lamp is being turned off.*2

50

V

All door lock actuators (lock)

Output

Door lock and unlock switch (Free  Lock)

Passenger and rear

51

G/Y doors lock actuator

(unlock)

Output

Door lock and unlock switch (Free  Unlock)

52

B Ground

--

--

55

W/B

Power source (Fusible link)

Input

--

58

V/W Back door switch

Input

ON (Back door is opened)  OFF (Back door is closed)

62

SB

Front door switch (Driver side)

Input

ON (Door is opened)  OFF (Door is closed)

63

R/W Rear door switch LH

Input

ON (Door is opened)  OFF (Door is closed)

*1 : With Intelligent Key *2 : In the state that room lamp switch is in "DOOR" position.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-39

VOLTAGE [V] (Approx.)
Battery voltage

NIS00169
A
B

0
C
0  Battery voltage

D
0  Battery voltage

E

F

PIIA2344J

Battery voltage

G

0
H
--

--

BL

0
J
Battery voltage
Battery voltage
K
0  Battery voltage  0
L
0
Battery voltage
M
0  Battery voltage  0

0  Battery voltage  0 0
Battery voltage 0  Battery voltage 0  Battery voltage 0  Battery voltage

2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

CONSULT-II Function (BCM)

NIS0016A

CONSULT-II and display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.

BCM diagnosis part

Inspection item, self-diagnosis mode

Content

SELF-DIAG RESULTS

Carries out the self-diagnosis.

BCM

CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR

Displays CAN communication system diagnosis, disabled transmission status, and communication status of each unit communicated with BCM

DATA MONITOR

Displays the input data to BCM on real-time basis.

WORK SUPPORT

Changes the setting for each function.

DOOR LOCK

DATA MONITOR

Displays the input data of BCM in real time.

ACTIVE TEST

Give a drive signals to load to check the operation.

*: Refer to BCS-13, "CAN Communication Inspection Using CONSULT-II (Self-Diagnosis)" .

CONSULT-II BASIC OPERATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION: If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Connect "CONSULT-II" and "CONSULT-II CONVERTER" to data link connector.

3. Turn ignition switch "ON". 4. Touch "START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)".

PIIA1095E

5. Touch "BCM" on "SELECT SYSTEM" screen. If "BCM" is not indicated, go to GI-39, "CONSULT-II Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .

Revision: 2006 August

BL-40

BCIA0029E
BCIA0030E
2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

6. Touch "DOOR LOCK".

A

B

C

7. Select diagnosis mode. "WORK SUPPORT", "DATA MONITOR" and "ACTIVE TEST" are available.

PIIA9922E

D

E

F

G

CONSULT-II APPLICATION ITEMS Work Support

BCIA0031E
H

Work item

Description

DOOR LOCK-UNLOCK SET

Select unlock mode can be changed in this mode. Selects ON-OFF of select unlock mode.

BL

ANTI-LOCK OUT SET
Data Monitor

Key reminder door mode can be changed in this mode. Selects ON-OFF of key reminder door mode.
J

Monitor item

Content

IGN ON SW

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch in ON position.

K

KEY ON SW

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of key switch.

CDL LOCK SW

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from door lock and unlock switch.

L

CDL UNLOCK SW

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from door lock and unlock switch.

DOOR SW-DR

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch driver side.

DOOR SW-AS

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch passenger side.

M

DOOR SW-RR

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch RH.

DOOR SW-RL

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch LH.

BACK DOOR SW

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of back door switch.

KEY CYL LK-SW

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from key cylinder.

KEY CYL UN-SW

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from key cylinder.

KEYLESS LOCK

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from key fob.

KEYLESS UNLOCK

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from key fob.

Active Test

Test item in "DOOR LOCK" ALL LOCK ALL UNLOCK

Content
This test is able to check all door lock actuators lock operation. These actuators lock when "ALL LOCK" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
This test is able to check all door lock actuators unlock operation. These actuators unlock when "ALL UNLOCK" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-41

2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

Test item in "DOOR LOCK" DR UNLOCK OTHER UNLOCK

Content
This test is able to check door lock actuator (driver side) lock/unlock operation. This actuator unlock when "DR UNLOCK" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
This test is able to check all door lock actuators (except driver side) unlock operation. These actuators unlock when "OTHER UNLOCK" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.

Work Flow

NIS0016B

1. Check the symptom and customer's requests.

2. Understand the outline of system. Refer to BL-24, "System Description" .

3. According to the trouble diagnosis chart, repair or replace the cause of the malfunction. Refer to BL-42, "Trouble Diagnoses Chart by Symptom" .

4. Does power door lock system operate normally? YES: GO TO 5. NO: GO TO 3.

5. INSPECTION END.

Trouble Diagnoses Chart by Symptom
NOTE: Always check the "Work Flow" before troubleshooting. Refer to BL-42, "Work Flow" .

NIS0016C

Symptom
Power door lock does not operate with door lock and unlock switch on power window main switch or front power window switch (passenger side).

Diagnoses service procedure 1. Check power supply and ground circuit 2. Check door lock and unlock switch. 3. Replace BCM.

Specific door lock actuator does not operate.

1. Check door lock actuator. 2. Replace BCM.

Power door lock does not operate with front door key cylinder operation, but operates with door lock and unlock switch. Fuel lid opener actuator does not operate at all. (All door lock actuators are activate properly.)
Key reminder door system does not operate properly.
*1 : Driver side *2 : Passenger side, rear LH, RH *3 : With Intelligent Key

1. Check front door key cylinder switch.
2. Replace power window main switch. 1. Check fuel lid lock actuator circuit. 2. Replace BCM. 1. Check key reminder door mode.* *: Key reminder door mode can be changed. First check key reminder door mode. 2. Check power supply and ground circuit 3. Check key switch. 4. Check ignition knob switch.*3 5. Check door switch. 6. Replace BCM.

Refer to page BL-43 BL-50 BCS-14 BL-52*1 BL-53*2 BCS-14 BL-54 BL-55 ­ BL-56 BCS-14
BL-43 BL-48
BL-44 BCS-14

Revision: 2006 August

BL-42

2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

Power Supply and Ground Circuit Check
1. FUSE INSPECTION

NIS0016D
A

Check the following.

q 50A fusible link (letter F , located in the fuse and fusible link box)

B

q 10A fuse [No.18 located in the fuse block (J/B)]

NOTE:

Refer to BL-23, "Component Parts and Harness Connector Location" .

C

OK or NG

OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse, refer to PG- D
3, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" .

2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect BCM connector.

F

3. Check voltage between BCM connector M35 terminals 42, 55

and ground.

42 (GR) ­ Ground : Battery voltage.

G

55 (W/B) ­ Ground : Battery voltage.

OK or NG

H

OK >> GO TO 3.

NG >> Repair or replace BCM power supply circuit.

3. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between BCM connector M35 terminal 52 and ground.
52 (B) ­ Ground : Continuity should exist.
OK or NG OK >> BCM power supply and ground circuit is OK. NG >> Repair or replace BCM ground circuit.

PIIA6374E

BL

J

K

L

M
PIIA9326E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-43

2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

Check Door Switch
CHECK DOOR SWITCH (EXCEPT BACK DOOR SWITCH)
1. CHECK DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL

NIS0016E

With CONSULT-II Check door switches ("DOOR SW-DR", "DOOR SW-AS", "DOOR SW-RL" and "DOOR SW-RR") in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.

Monitor item DOOR SW-DR DOOR SW-AS DOOR SW-RL DOOR SW-RR

Condition
Door is closed 
Door is opened

OFF  ON

Without CONSULT-II Check voltage between BCM and ground.

Door switch Connector

Terminals (wire color)

(+)

(­)

Driver side Rear LH

M36

62 (SB) 63 (R/W)

Passenger side M34
Rear RH

12 (R or R/G)
13 (R/Y or R/W)

Ground

OK or NG
OK >> Door switch circuit is OK. NG >> GO TO 2

Condition
Door close 
Door open

Voltage [V] (Approx.)
Battery voltage  0

PIIA6469E

PIIA7003E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-44

2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

2. CHECK DOOR SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect door switch and unified BCM connectors. 3. Check continuity between BCM and door switch.

Door switch

Connec- Terminal Connec- Terminal

tor

(wire color)

tor

(wire color)

Driver side Rear LH

62 (SB)

D10

M36

63 (R/W)

D56

4 (SB) 4 (V)

Passenger side Rear RH

12 (R or R/ G)

D38

M34

13 (R/Y or R/W)

D76

4 (R/G) 4 (R/W)

4. Check continuity between BCM and ground.

Continuity Yes

Door switch

Connector

Terminal (wire color)

Driver side Rear LH Passenger side
Rear RH

62 (SB) M36
63 (R/W)

12 (R or R/G)

Ground

M34

13 (R/Y or R/

W)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness.

3. CHECK DOOR SWITCH

Continuity No

Check continuity between door switch terminals 4 and 5.

Terminal

Door switch condition

4

5

Open position Closed position

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace door switch.

Continuity Yes No

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

PIIB0888E

BL

J

K

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-45

PIIA4314E
2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

4. CHECK DOOR SWITCH GROUND HARNESS

Check continuity between door switch connectors and ground.

Door switch

Connector

Terminal

Driver side

D10

Passenger side Rear RH

D38

5 (B)

Ground

D76

Rear LH

D56

5 (G/Y)

OK or NG
OK >> Check harness connector. NG >> Repair or replace harness.

Continuity Yes

CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH
1. CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II Check back door switch ("BACK DOOR SW") in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.
q When back door is open

BACK DOOR SW

: ON

q When back door is closed

BACK DOOR SW

: OFF

PIIA4313E

Without CONSULT-II Check voltage between BCM connector and ground.

Terminals

Item

Connector

(Wire color)

Condition

Voltage [V] (Approx.)

(+)

(­)

Back door switch

M36

58 (V/W) Ground

OPEN CLOSE

0 Battery voltage*

*. When interior lamp battery saver control is OFF: Approx. 5V.
OK or NG
OK >> Back door switch circuit is OK. NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-46

PIIA2488E
PIIB0889E
2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

2. CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH HARNESS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect BCM and back door lock assembly connectors. 3. Check continuity between BCM connector M36 terminal 58 and
back door lock assembly connector D111 terminal 3.
58 (V/W) ­ 3 (V/W) : Continuity should exist.
4. Check continuity between BCM connector M36 terminal 58 and ground.
58 (V/W) ­ Ground : Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness.
3. CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH

Check continuity between back door lock assembly terminals 3 and 4.

Terminal

Back door condition

3

4

Open position Closed position

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace back door switch.

Continuity Yes No

4. CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH GROUND HARNESS

Check continuity between back door lock assembly connector D111 terminal 4 and ground.

4 (B) - Ground

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Check harness connection. NG >> Repair or replace harness.

A B C D E
PIIB4859E
F G H BL
PIIB4860E
J K L M
PIIB4861E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-47

2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

Check Key Switch
1. CHECK KEY SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II Check ignition key switch "IGN ON SW" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.
q When key is inserted in ignition key cylinder

KEY ON SW

: ON

q When key is removed from ignition key cylinder

KEY ON SW

: OFF

NIS0016F

PIIA6470E

Without CONSULT-II Check voltage between BCM connector and ground.

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

(+)

(­)

Condition

Voltage [V] (Approx.)

Key is removed from ignition key cylinder.

0

M34

37 (B/R) Ground

Key is inserted in ignition key cylinder.

Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> Key switch circuit is OK. NG >> GO TO 2. (with Intelligent Key system) NG >> GO TO 3. (without Intelligent Key system)

2. CHECK KEY SWITCH (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)

PIIA6471E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect key switch and ignition knob switch connector. 3. Check continuity between key switch and ignition knob switch connector M118 terminals 3 and 4.

Terminal

Condition

Continuity

Key is removed from ignition key cylinder.

No

3

4

Key is inserted in ignition key cylinder.

Yes

OK or NG OK >> Check the following q 10A fuse [No.22, located in the fuse block (J/B)] q Harness for open or short between key switch and ignition knob switch and fuse. q Harness for open short between BCM and key switch and ignition knob switch. NG >> Replace key switch and ignition knob switch.

PIIA6140E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-48

2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

3. CHECK KEY SWITCH (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect key switch connector. 3. Check continuity between key switch connector M28 terminals 3 and 4.

Terminal

Condition

Continuity

Key is removed from ignition key cylinder.

No

3

4

Key is inserted in ignition key cylinder.

Yes

OK or NG OK >> Check the following q 10A fuse [No.21, located in the fuse block (J/B)] q Harness for open or short between key switch and fuse. q Harness for open short between BCM and key switch. NG >> Replace key switch.

A B C D E
PIIA3044E
F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-49

2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

Check Door Lock and Unlock Switch
1. CHECK POWER WINDOW OPERATION

NIS0016G

Does power window system operate normally? OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Refer to GW-17, "POWER WINDOW SYSTEM" .
2. CHECK DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II Check door lock and unlock switch ("LOCK SW DR/AS" and "UNLK SW DR/AS") in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
q When door lock and unlock switch is turned to "LOCK":

CDL LOCK SW

: ON

q When door lock and unlock switch is turned to "UNLOCK":

CDL UNLOCK SW

: ON

PIIA6538E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Remove key from ignition key cylinder.
2. Check the signal between BCM connector M34 terminal 22 and ground when door lock and unlock switch is turned "LOCK" or "UNLOCK".
3. Make sure signals which are shown in the figure below can be detected during 10 second just after door lock and unlock switch is turned "LOCK" or "UNLOCK".

Connector

Terminal

(+)

(­)

Signal (Reference value)

M34

22 (BR/W) Ground

OK or NG
OK >> Door lock and unlock switch circuit is OK. NG >> GO TO 3.

PIIA1297E

PIIA6379E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-50

2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

3. CHECK POWER WINDOW SERIAL LINK CIRCUIT A

1. Disconnect BCM, power window main switch and front power window switch (passenger side) connectors.

2. Check continuity between BCM connector M34 terminal 22 and

B

power window main switch (door lock and unlock switch) con-

nector D6 terminal 14.

22 (BR/W) ­ 14 (BR/W) : Continuity should exist.

C

3. Check continuity between power window main switch connector D6 terminal 14 and ground. D 14 (BR/W) ­ Ground : Continuity should not exist.

4. Check continuity between BCM connector M34 terminal 22 and front power window switch (passenger side) connector D35 terminal 16.
22 (BR/W) ­ 16 (BR/W) : Continuity should exist.
5. Check continuity between front power window switch (passenger side) connector D35 terminal 16 and ground.
16 (BR/W) ­ Ground : Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace harness.
4. CHECK DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH GROUND HARNESS
1. Check continuity between power window main switch (door lock and unlock switch) connector D7 terminal 17 and ground. 17 (B) ­ Ground : Continuity should exist.

PIIB0892E

E

F

G

H

PIIB0893E

BL

J

K

L

2. Check continuity between front power window switch (passenger side) connector D35 terminal 11 and ground.
11 (B) ­ Ground : Continuity should exist.
OK or NG OK >> Check harness connection. q If harness connection is OK, replace power window main switch or front power window switch (passenger side). q If harness connection is NG, repair or replace malfunction part of harness connection. NG >> Repair or replace harness.

M
PIIA4440E
PIIA4441E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-51

2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

Check Door Lock Actuator (Driver Side)
1. CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR HARNESS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM and door lock actuator (driver side) connector.
3. Check continuity between BCM connector M35 terminals 44, 50 and door lock actuator (driver side) connector D10 terminals 2, 3.

44 (G/W) ­ 2 (G/W) : Continuity should exist.

50 (V) ­ 3 (V)

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace harness.
2. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect BCM connector. 2. Check voltage between BCM connector M35 terminals 44, 50 and ground.

Connector

Terminal

(+)

(­)

Condition

44 (G/W)

Driver door lock and unlock switch is turned to UNLOCK.

M35

Ground

50 (V)

Driver door lock and unlock switch is turned to LOCK.

Voltage [V] (Approx.)
0  Battery voltage  0
0  Battery voltage  0

OK or NG
OK >> Replace front door lock assembly (driver side). NG >> Replace BCM.

NIS0016H PIIB0894E PIIA6383E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-52

2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM Check Door Lock Actuator (Passenger Side and Rear LH/RH)
1. CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR HARNESS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect BCM and all door lock actuator connectors. 3. Check continuity between BCM connector M35 terminals 50, 51
and front door lock actuator passenger side, rear door lock actuator LH/RH connector D38, D56, D76 terminals 2, 3.
50 (V) ­ 3 (V or R/W) : Continuity should exist. 51 (G/Y) ­ 2 (G/Y or B) : Continuity should exist.
OK or NG OK >> Replace door lock assembly (door lock actuator). NG >> Repair or replace harness.

NIS0016I
A

B

C

D

E

F

G H

PIIB0895E

BL

J

K L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-53

2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

Check Door Key Cylinder Switch / Without Intelligent Key System

NIS0016J

1. CHECK DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II Check door key cylinder switch ("KEY CYL LK-SW", "KEY CYL UN-SW") in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.
q When key cylinder switch is turn to "LOCK"

KEY CYL LK-SW

: ON

q When key cylinder switch is turn to "UNLOCK"

KEY CYL UN-SW

: ON

PIIB1425E

Without CONSULT-II Check voltage between power window main switch (door lock and unlock switch) connector and ground.

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

(+)

(­)

Door key cylinder switch position

4 (L)

D6

Ground

6 (R)

Neutral / Unlock Lock
Neutral / Lock Unlock

OK or NG
OK >> Door key cylinder switch circuit is OK. NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH

Voltage [V] (Approx.)
5 0 5 0

PIIB4663E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect front door lock assembly (driver side) connector.
3. Check continuity between front door lock assembly terminals 1, 6 and 5.

Terminal

Door key cylinder switch position

Continuity

Neutral / Unlock

No

1

Lock

Yes

5

Neutral / Lock

No

6

Unlock

Yes

OK or NG

OK >> Check the following.

PIIB4864E

q Harness for open or short between power window main switch (door lock and unlock switch) and front door lock assembly (driver side).

q Front door lock assembly (driver side) ground circuit.

NG >> Replace front door lock assembly (driver side).

Revision: 2006 August

BL-54

2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

Check Door Key Cylinder Switch / With Intelligent Key System
1. CHECK DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL

NIS0016K
A

With CONSULT-II Check door key cylinder switch ("KEY CYL LK-SW", "KEY CYL UN-SW") in "DATA MONITOR" mode with B CONSULT-II.

q When key cylinder switch is turn to "LOCK"

KEY CYL LK-SW

: ON

C

q When key cylinder switch is turn to "UNLOCK"

KEY CYL UN-SW

: ON

D

E

PIIB1425E

F

Without CONSULT-II

Check voltage between main power window (door lock and unlock

G

switch) connector and ground.

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

(+)

(­)

Door key cylinder switch position

Voltage [V] (Approx.)

Neutral / Lock

5

6 (R)

Unlock

0

D6

Ground

Neutral / Unlock

5

4 (L)

Lock

0

OK or NG
OK >> Door key cylinder switch (unlock) circuit is OK. NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect door key cylinder switch connector.
3. Check continuity between door key cylinder switch terminals 1, 3 and 2.

H

BL

PIIB4663E

J

K

L

M

Terminal

Door key cylinder switch position

Continuity

Neutral/Lock

No

3

Unlock

Yes

2

Neutral/Unlock

No

1

Lock

Yes

OK or NG

OK >> Check the following.

PIIA3355E

q Harness for open or short between power window main switch (door lock and unlock switch) and door key cylinder switch

q Door key cylinder switch ground circuit

NG >> Replace front door lock assembly (driver side).

Revision: 2006 August

BL-55

2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

Check Select Unlock Relay Circuit
1. CHECK PASSENGER SIDE SELECT UNLOCK RELAY CIRCUIT 1

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect BCM and passenger side select unlock relay connector.
3. Check continuity between BCM connector M35 terminal 50 and passenger side select unlock relay connector M123 terminal 3.

50 (V) ­ 3 (V)

: Continuity should exist.

4. Check continuity between BCM connector M35 terminal 50 and ground.

50 (V) ­ Ground : Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace harness.
2. CHECK PASSENGER SIDE SELECT UNLOCK RELAY CIRCUIT 2

1. Disconnect rear door lock actuator assembly LH connector.
2. Check continuity between passenger select unlock relay connector M123 terminal 4 and rear door lock actuator assembly connector D56 terminal 3.

4 (L) ­ 3 (R/W)

: Continuity should exist.

3. Check continuity between passenger select unlock relay connector M123 terminal 4 and ground.

4 (L) ­ Ground

: Continuity should not exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Refer to BL-164, "Check Select Unlock Relay" NG >> Repair or replace harness.

Check Fuel Lid Lock Actuator
1. CHECK FUEL LID LOCK ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY

Check voltage between fuel lid lock actuator connector and ground.

Connector
B23

Terminal

(+)

(­)

1 (V) 2 (G/W)

Ground

Condition
Door lock and unlock switch is turned to "UNLOCK". Door lock and unlock switch is turned to "LOCK".

Voltage [V] (Approx.)
0  Battery voltage  0
0  Battery voltage  0

OK >> Replace fuel lid lock actuator. NG >> GO TO 2.

NIS0016L
PIIB7855E
PIIB4865E NIS0016M
PIIB7798E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-56

2006 Murano

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

2. CHECK FUEL LID LOCK ACTUATOR CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM and fuel lid lock actuator connector.
3. Check continuity between BCM connector M35 terminal 44, 50 and fuel lid lock actuator connector B23 terminal 1, 2.

44 (G/W) ­ 2 (G/W) : Continuity should exist.

50 (V) ­ 1 (V)

: Continuity should exist.

OK >> Check the condition of harness and connector. NG >> Repair or replace harness.

A B C D E
PIIB7799E
F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-57

2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Component Parts and Harness Connector Location

PFP:28596
NIS0016N

Revision: 2006 August

BL-58

PIIB7856E
2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

System Description
INPUTS

NIS0016O
A

Power is supplied at all times

q to BCM terminal 55

q through 50A fusible link (letter F , located in the fuse and fusible link box).

B

q to BCM terminal 42

q through 10A fuse [No. 18, located in the fuse block (J/B)].

C

q to key switch terminal 3

q through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in the fuse block (J/B)].

When key switch is ON (key is inserted in ignition key cylinder), power is supplied

D

q to BCM terminal 37

q through key switch terminal 4.

When ignition switch is ACC or ON, power is supplied

E

q to BCM terminal 11

q through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)].

When ignition switch is ON or START, power is supplied

F

q to BCM terminal 38

q through 10A fuse [No. 1, located in the fuse block (J/B)].

G

Ground is supplied

q to BCM terminal 52

q through body grounds M14 and M78.

H

When front door switch (driver side) is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied

q to BCM terminal 62

q through front door switch (driver side) terminals 4 and 5

BL

q through body grounds M14 and M78.

When front door switch (passenger side) is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied J
q to BCM terminal 12

q through front door switch (passenger side) terminals 4 and 5

q through body grounds M14 and M78.

K

When rear door switch LH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied

q to BCM terminal 63

q through rear door switch LH terminals 4 and 5

L

q through body grounds B7 and B20.

When rear door switch RH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied

q to BCM terminal 13

M

q through rear door switch RH terminals 4 and 5

q through body grounds B105 and B116.

When back door switch is ON (back door OPEN), ground is supplied

q to BCM terminal 58

q through back door switch terminals 3 and 4

q through body grounds B7 and B20.

Key fob signal is inputted to BCM (the antenna of remote keyless entry system is combined with BCM). The remote keyless entry system controls operation of the

q power door lock

q hazard and horn reminder

q auto door lock

q room lamp and ignition keyhole illumination

q panic alarm

q keyless power window down (open)

Revision: 2006 August

BL-59

2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

OPERATED PROCEDURE
Power Door Lock Operation
BCM locks all doors with receiving LOCK signal from key fob. When an UNLOCK signal is sent from key fob once, driver's door will be unlocked. Then, if an UNLOCK signal is sent from key fob again within 5 seconds, all other door will be unlocked.

Hazard and Horn Reminder Power is supplied at all times q to horn relay terminal 2 q through 10A fuse (No. 32, located in the fuse and fusible link box). When BCM receives LOCK or UNLOCK signal from key fob with all doors closed, BCM sends horn chirp signal to IPDM E/R. IPDM E/R grounds horn relay q to horn relay terminal 1 q through IPDM E/R terminal 51, and q to BCM terminals 45 and 46 from hazard warning lamp system Horn relay is now energized, and hazard warning lamp flashes and horn sounds as a reminder. The hazard and horn reminder has C mode (horn chirp mode) and S mode (non-horn chirp mode).

Operating function of hazard and horn reminder

C mode

S mode

Remote controller operation

Lock

Unlock

Lock

Unlock

Hazard warning lamp flash

Twice

Once

Twice

--

Horn sound

Once

--

--

--

How to change hazard and horn reminder mode
With CONSULT-II Hazard and horn reminder can be changed using "MULTI ANSWER BACK SET" mode in "WORK SUPPORT". Refer toBL-70, "Work Support" .
Without CONSULT-II When LOCK and UNLOCK signals are sent from the key fob for more than 2 seconds at the same time, the hazard and horn reminder mode is changed and hazard warning lamp flashes and horn sounds as follows:

SEL153WA
Auto Door Lock Operation Auto lock function signal is sent for operation when any of the following signals are not sent within 1 minute after the unlock signal is sent from the key fob: q when door switch is turned ON for open. q when the key switch is turned ON. q when the lock signal is sent from the key fob. Auto door lock mode can be changed using "AUTO LOCK SET" mode in "WORK SUPPORT". Refer to BL-70, "Work Support" .

Revision: 2006 August

BL-60

2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

Room Lamp and Keyhole Illumination Operation

When the following conditions come:

A

q condition of room lamp switch is DOOR position;

q door switch OFF (when all the doors are closed); Remote keyless entry system turns on room lamp and key ring illumination (for 30 seconds) with input of B

UNLOCK signal from key fob.

For detailed description, refer to LT-182, "INTERIOR ROOM LAMP" .

Panic Alarm Operation

C

When key switch is OFF (when ignition key is not inserted in ignition key cylinder), BCM turns on and off horn

and headlamp intermittently with input of PANIC ALARM signal from key fob. The alarm automatically turns off after 25 seconds or when BCM receives any signal from key fob.

D

Panic alarm operation mode can be changed using "PANIC ALARM SET" mode in "WORK SUPPORT".

Refer to BL-70, "Work Support" .

For detailed description, refer to BL-207, "VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM" .

E

Keyless Power Window Down (Open) Operation

When key fob unlock switch is turned ON with ignition switch OFF, and key fob unlock switch is detected to be on continuously for 3 seconds, the driver's door and passenger's door power windows are simultaneously F

opened.

Power window is operated to open and the operation continues as long as the key fob unlock switch is

pressed.

G

Keyless power window down operation mode can be changed using "PW DOWN SET" mode in "WORK SUP-

PORT".

Refer to BL-70, "Work Support" .

H

BL

J

K

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-61

2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

CAN Communication System Description

NIS0016P

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

CAN Communication Unit

NIS0016Q

Refer to LAN-32, "CAN Communication Unit" .

Revision: 2006 August

BL-62

2006 Murano

Schematic

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

NIS0016R
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-63

TIWB0773E
2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

Wiring Diagram -- KEYLES--

NIS0016S

Revision: 2006 August

BL-64

TIWB0774E
2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-65

TIWB0775E
2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

Revision: 2006 August

BL-66

TIWB0776E
2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

Terminals and Reference Value for BCM

TER- WIRE MINAL COLOR

ITEM

1

R/Y

Key ring illumination output signal

11

P/B Ignition switch (ACC)

12

R

Front door switch signal (passenger side)

13

R/Y Rear door switch RH

18

P

Remote keyless entry receiver (Ground)

Signal input/out-
put
Output
Input Input Input

CONDITION
Key ring illumination is lighting.
Key ring illumination is being turned off.
Ignition switch is in ACC position ON (Door is opened)  OFF (Door is closed) ON (Door is opened)  OFF (Door is closed)

--

--

19

Y

Remote keyless entry receiver (Power supply)

Output

--

Stand-by

20

L

Remote keyless entry receiver (Signal)

Input

When remote keyless entry receiver receives from keyfob.

37

B/R Key switch input signal

Input

Key switch ON (key is inserted in ignition key cylinder)
Key switch OFF (key is removed from ignition key cylinder)

38

R Ignition switch (ON)

Input

Ignition switch is in ON position

39

L CAN-H

Input/output

--

40

Y CAN-L

Input/output

--

30 minutes after ignition

switch is turned off

41

P Battery saver output signal

Output

Ignition switch is in ON posi-

tion

42

GR Power source (fuse)

Input

--

Revision: 2006 August

BL-67

VOLTAGE [V] (Approx.)
Battery voltage

NIS0016T
A
B

0

C

Battery voltage
D
0  Battery voltage

0  Battery voltage

E

0
F

G

OCC3881D

H

BL

J
OCC3879D
K

L

OCC3880D

Battery voltage

M

0

Battery voltage -- -- 0
Battery voltage Battery voltage

2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

TER- WIRE MINAL COLOR

ITEM

Signal input/out-
put

CONDITION

45

G/B Left turn signal lamp

Output

When door lock or unlock is operated using key fob.*1 (ON OFF)

46

G/Y Right turn signal lamp

Output

When door lock or unlock is operated using key fob.*1 (ON OFF)

48

R Room lamp output signal

Output

Room lamp is lighting.*2
Room lamp is being turned off.*2

52

B Ground

--

--

55

W/B Power source (Fusible link)

Input

--

58

V/W Back door switch signal

Input

ON (Back door is opened)  OFF (Back door is closed)

62

SB

Front door switch signal (driver side)

Input

ON (Door is opened)  OFF (Door is closed)

63

R/W Rear door switch LH

Input

ON (Door is opened)  OFF (Door is closed)

*1 : In the state that hazard reminder operates. *2 : In the state that room lamp switch is in "DOOR" position.

Terminals and Reference Value for IPDM E/R

TER- WIRE MINAL COLOR

ITEM

Signal input/out-
put

CONDITION

38

B

Ground

--

--

48

L

CAN ­ H

Input/output

--

49

Y

CAN ­ L

Input/output

--

51

G/O Horn relay

Input

When door lock or panic alarm are operated using key fob* (ON  OFF)

60

B

Ground

--

--

*: In the state that horn reminder and panic alarm operates.

VOLTAGE [V] (Approx.)
Battery voltage  0
Battery voltage  0 0
Battery voltage 0
Battery voltage 0  Battery voltage 0  Battery voltage 0  Battery voltage
NIS0016U
VOLTAGE [V] (Approx.) 0 -- --
0  Battery voltage 0

Revision: 2006 August

BL-68

2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

CONSULT-II Function
CONSULT-II can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.

NIS0016V
A

BCM diagnosis part

Inspection items and diagnosis mode

Description

BCM*

SELF-DIAG RESULTS CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
DATA MONITOR

Carries out the self-diagnosis.

B

Displays CAN communication system diagnosis, dis-

abled transmission status, and communication status of

each unit communicated with BCM.

C

Displays the input data to BCM on real-time basis.

MULTI REMOTE ENT

DATA MONITOR ACTIVE TEST

Displays the input data of BCM in real time.

Gives a drive to a load to check the operation.

D

WORK SUPPORT

Changes the setting for each function.

*:Refer to BCS-13, "CAN Communication Inspection Using CONSULT-II (Self-Diagnosis)" .
CONSULT-II Inspection Procedure

E
NIS0016W

CAUTION: If CONVERTER is not connected with CONSULT-II, vehicle occur the "FAIL-SAFE MODE" which is F "LIGHT UP THE HEADLAMP" and/or "COOLING FAN ROTATING" when CONSULT-II is started.

"MULTI REMOTE ENT"

1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".

G

2. Connect "CONSULT-II" and "CONSULT-II CONVERTER" to data link connector. H

BL

3. Turn ignition switch "ON". 4. Touch "START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)".

J
PIIA1095E
K
L

5. Touch "BCM". If "BCM" is not indicated, go to GI-39, "CONSULT-II Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .

M
BCIA0029E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-69

BCIA0030E
2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
6. Touch "MULTI REMOTE ENT".

7. Select diagnosis mode. "WORK SUPPORT", "DATA MONITOR" and "ACTIVE TEST" are available.

PIIA9922E

CONSULT-II Application Items
"MULTI REMOTE CONTENT"
Work Support

BCIA0031E NIS0016X

Test Item HORN CHIRP SET* HAZARD LAMP SET* MULTI ANSWER BACK SET

Description
Horn reminder mode can be changed in this mode. The horn reminder mode will be changed when "CHANGE SETT" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
Hazard reminder mode can be changed in this mode. The hazard reminder mode will be changed when "CHANGE SETT" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
Hazard and horn reminder mode can be changed in this mode. The hazard and horn reminder mode will be changed when "CHANGE SETT" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.

AUTO LOCK SET

Auto locking function mode can be changed in this mode. The function mode will be changed when "CHANGE SETT" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.

PANIC ALRM SET

Panic alarm operation mode can be changed in this mode. The operation mode will be changed when "CHANGE SETT" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.

TRUNK OPEN SET

Trunk lid opener operation mode can be changed in this mode. The operation mode will be changed when "MODE SET" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.

PW DOWN SET

Keyless power window down (open) operation mode can be changed in this mode. The operation mode will be changed when"CHANGE SETT" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.

*: Perform this mode always in the state of C mode. Refer to BL-60, "Hazard and Horn Reminder" .

HORN CHIRP SET*

Horn chirp function

ON

OFF

*: Perform this mode always in the state of C mode. Refer to BL-60, "Hazard and Horn Reminder" .

HAZARD LAMP BACK SET*

MODE1

MODE2

MODE3

Hazard lamp operation mode

Nothing

Unlock only

Lock only

*: Perform this mode always in the state of C mode. Refer to BL-60, "Hazard and Horn Reminder" .

MODE4 Lock and Unlock

Revision: 2006 August

BL-70

2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

MULTI ANSWER BACK SET
Key fob operation Hazard warning lamp flash Horn sound
AUTO LOCK SET
Auto locking function
PANIC ALARM SET
Key fob operation
TRUNK OPEN SET
Key fob operation
PW DOWN SET
Key fob operation

Lock Twice Once

MODE 1 (C mode)

Unlock Once
--

MODE 2

A

(S mode)

Lock Twice

Unlock
B
--

--

--

C

MODE 1 1 minutes

MODE 2 Nothing

MODE 3 5 minutes
D

MODE 1 0.5 seconds

MODE 2 Nothing

MODE 3

1.5 seconds

E

MODE 1 0.5 seconds
MODE 1 3 seconds

MODE 2 Nothing
MODE 2 Nothing

MODE 3

F

1.5 seconds

G
MODE 3
5 seconds
H

BL

J

K

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-71

2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

Data Monitor

Monitored Item IGN ON SW KEY ON SW ACC ON SW KEYLESS LOCK KEYLWSS UNLOCK KEYLESS PANIC KEYLESS TRUNK DOOR SW-DR DOOR SW-AS DOOR SW-RR DOOR SW-RL BACK DOOR SW TRUNK OPN MNTR CDL LOCK SW CDL UNLOCK SW RKE LCK-UNLOCK RKE KEEP UNLK KEY CYL LK-SW KEY CYL UN-SW

Description Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch in ON position. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of key switch. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch in ACC position. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from key fob. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from key fob. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of panic signal from key fob. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of panic signal from key fob. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch driver side. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch passenger side. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch RH. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch LH. This is displayed even when it is not equipped. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk room lamp switch. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from door lock and unlock switch. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from door lock and unlock switch. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of simultaneous signal of lock and unlock from key fob. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock continuousness signal from key fob. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from door key cylinder switch. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from door key cylinder switch.

Active Test

Test Item FLASHER POWER WINDOW DOWN HORN DOOR LOCK
TRUNK/BACK DOOR PSD PBD OPEN TEST

Description
This test is able to check right hazard reminder operation. The right hazard lamp turns on when "ON" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
This test is able to check power window open operation. The front power windows activate for 10 seconds after "ON" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
This test is able to check panic alarm and horn reminder operations. The horn activate for 0.5 seconds after "ON" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
This test is able to check door lock actuator operation. q The all door lock actuator are locked when "ALL LOCK" on CONSULT-II screen is touched. q The all door lock actuator are unlocked when "ALL UNLOCK" on CONSULT-II screen is touched. q The door lock actuator (driver side) is unlocked when "DR UNLOCK" on CONSULT-II screen is
touched. q The all door lock actuator (except driver side) are unlocked when "OTHER UNLOCK" on CON-
SULT-II screen is touched.
This is displayed even when it is not equipped.
This is displayed even when it is not equipped.

Work Flow
1. Check the trouble symptom and customer's requests. 2. Understand outline of system. Refer to BL-59, "System Description" . 3. Confirm that power door lock system operates normally.
Refer to BL-23, "POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM" . 4. Refer to trouble diagnosis chart by symptom, repair or replace any malfunctioning parts.
Refer to BL-73, "Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom" . 5. INSPECTION END

NIS0016Y

Revision: 2006 August

BL-72

2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom
NOTE: q Always check the "Work Flow" before troubleshooting. Refer to BL-72, "Work Flow" . q Always check key fob battery before replacing key fob.

Symptom

Diagnoses/service procedure

All function of remote keyless entry system do not operate.

1. Check key fob battery. 2. Check key fob function. 3. Replace BCM.

1. Check key fob battery.

The new ID code of key fob cannot be entered without CONSULT-II.

2. Check key switch. 3. Check door switch. 4. Check ACC power supply circuit.

5. Replace BCM.

Door lock or unlock does not function with key fob. (Power door lock system is "OK".) (Panic alarm activates properly with key fob.)

1. Check key fob function. 2. Replace BCM.

Hazard and horn reminder does not activate properly when pressing lock or unlock button of key fob.

1. Check hazard and horn reminder mode.* *: Hazard and horn reminder mode can be changed. First check the hazard and horn reminder setting.
2. Check door switch.

3. Replace BCM.

Hazard reminder does not activate properly when pressing lock or unlock button of key fob. (Horn reminder is "OK".)

1. Check hazard reminder mode.* *: Hazard reminder mode can be changed. First check the hazard reminder setting.
2. Check hazard function.

3. Replace BCM.

Horn reminder does not activate properly when pressing lock button of key fob. (Hazard reminder is "OK".)

1. Check horn reminder mode.* *: Horn reminder mode can be changed. First check the horn chirp setting.
2. Check horn function.
3. Check IPDM E/R operation.

4. Replace BCM.

1. Check panic alarm mode.* *: Panic alarm mode can be changed. First check the panic alarm setting.

Panic alarm (horn and headlamp) does not activate when panic alarm button is continuously pressed. (Door lock and unlock activates properly with key fob.)

2. Check key fob function. 3. Check key switch. 4. Check headlamp function. 5. Check horn function.

6. Check IPDM E/R operation.

7. Replace BCM.

Auto door lock operation does not activate properly. (All other remote keyless entry system function is OK.)

1.Check auto door lock operation mode.* *: Auto door lock operation mode can be changed. First check the auto door lock operation setting.
2. Replace BCM.

NIS0016Z
A

B
Reference page

BL-74

C

BL-74

BCS-14

BL-74

D

BL-80

BL-76

E

BL-75

BCS-14

BL-74

F

BCS-14

G
BL-70

BL-76

H

BCS-14

BL-70 BL

BL-84

BCS-14

J

BL-70
K
BL-84

BL-84

BCS-14

L

BL-70
M
BL-74 BL-80 BL-84 BL-84 BL-84 BCS-14

BL-70

BCS-14

Revision: 2006 August

BL-73

2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

Symptom

Diagnoses/service procedure

Keyless power window down (open) operation does not activate properly. (All other remote keyless entry system function is OK.)

1. Check power window down operation mode.* *: Power window down operation mode can be changed. First check the power window down setting.
2. Check power window function.
3. Replace BCM.

Map lamp and ignition keyhole illumination function does not activate properly. (All other remote keyless entry system function is OK.)

1. Check room lamp and ignition keyhole illumination function. 2. Replace BCM.

Check Key Fob Battery
1. CHECK KEY FOB BATTERY

1. Remove key fob battery. Refer to BL-89, "Key Fob Battery Replacement" . 2. Check voltage between battery positive and negative terminals, (+) and (-).

Voltage

: 2.5V - 3.0V

NOTE: Key fob does not function if battery is not set correctly.
OK or NG
OK >> Key fob battery is OK. NG >> Replace key fob battery.

Reference page
BL-70
GW-18 BCS-14 BL-85 BCS-14
NIS00170

Check Key Fob Function
1. CHECK KEY FOB FUNCTION

SEL237W NIS00171

With CONSULT-II Check key fob function in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II. When pushing each button of key fob, the corresponding monitor item should be turned as follows.

Key fob switch condition

Monitor item

Pushing LOCK

LK BUTTON/SIG

: ON

Pushing UNLOCK

UN BUTTON/SIG

: ON

Keep pushing UNLOCK

UN BUTTON ON

: ON*

Pushing PANIC

PANIC BTN

: ON

Pushing LOCK and UNLOCK at the same time

LK/UN BTN ON

: ON

PIIA4975E

*: UN BUTTON ON turns to ON 3 seconds after UNLOCK button keeps pushing.

OK or NG
OK >> Key fob is OK. NG >> Replace key fob and register key fob ID code. Refer to BL-86, "ID Code Entry Procedure" .

Revision: 2006 August

BL-74

2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

Check ACC Power Supply Circuit
1. CHECK ACC POWER

With CONSULT-II Check ACC power ("ACC ON SW") in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.
q When ignition switch is in "ACC" position

ACC ON SW

: ON

q When ignition switch is in "OFF" position

ACC ON SW

: OFF

Without CONSULT-II Check voltage between BCM connector and ground.

Terminals (Wire color)

(+)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

(­)

Condition

Voltage (V) (Approx.)

M34

11 (P/B)

Ground

ACC OFF

Battery voltage 0

OK or NG OK >> ACC power supply circuit is OK. NG >> Check the following. q 10A fuse [No. 6, located in fuse block (J/B)] q Harness for open or short between BCM and fuse.

NIS00172
A

B

C

D

E

F
PIIA3367E
G
H

BL

J

PIIA7002E

K

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-75

2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

Check Door Switch
CHECK DOOR SWITCH (EXCEPT BACK DOOR SWITCH)

NIS00173

1. CHECK DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II Check door switches ("DOOR SW-DR", "DOOR SW-AS", "DOOR SW-RL" and "DOOR SW-RR") in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.

Monitor item DOOR SW-DR DOOR SW-AS DOOR SW-RL DOOR SW-RR

Condition
Door is closed 
Door is opened

OFF  ON

Without CONSULT-II Check voltage between BCM and ground.

Door switch

Connector

Terminals (wire color)

(+)

(­)

Driver side M36
Rear LH
Passenger side M34
Rear RH

62 (SB) 63 (R/W)
12 (R) 13 (R/Y)

Ground

OK or NG
OK >> Door switch circuit is OK. NG >> GO TO 2.

Condition
Door close 
Door open

Voltage [V] (Approx.)
Battery voltage  0

PIIA6469E

PIIA7003E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-76

2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

2. CHECK DOOR SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect door switch and unified BCM connectors. 3. Check continuity between BCM and door switch.

Door switch

Con- Terminal Con- Terminal nector (wire color) nector (wire color)

Driver side Rear LH

62 (SB) D10 M36
63 (R/W) D56

4 (SB) 4 (V)

Passenger side Rear RH

12 (R)

D38 4 (R/G)

M34

13 (R/Y) D76 4 (R/W)

4. Check continuity between BCM and ground.

Continuity Yes

Door switch

Connector

Terminal (wire color)

Driver side Rear LH Passenger side Rear RH

M36 M34

62 (SB) 63 (R/W)
12 (R) 13 (R/Y)

Ground

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness.

Continuity No

3. CHECK DOOR SWITCH

Check continuity between door switch terminals 4 and 5.

Terminal

Door switch condition

4

5

Open position Closed position

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace door switch.

Continuity Yes No

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

PIIB0888E

BL

J

K

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-77

PIIA4314E
2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

4. CHECK DOOR SWITCH GROUND HARNESS

Check continuity between door switch connectors D10, D38, D56, D76 terminal 5 and ground.

Door switch

Connector

Terminal

Driver side

D10

Passenger side Rear RH

D38

5 (B)

Ground

D76

Rear LH

D56

5 (G/Y)

OK or NG
OK >> Check harness connector. NG >> Repair or replace harness.

Continuity Yes

CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH
1. CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II Check back door switch ("BACK DOOR SW") in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.
q When back door is open

BACK DOOR SW

: ON

q When back door is closed

BACK DOOR SW

: OFF

PIIA4313E

Without CONSULT-II Check voltage between BCM connector and ground.

Terminals

Item

Connector

(Wire color)

Condition

Voltage [V] (Approx.)

(+)

(­)

Back door switch

M36

OPEN 58 (V/W) Ground
CLOSE

0 Battery voltage*

*. When interior lamp battery saver control is OFF: Approx. 5V.
OK or NG
OK >> Back door switch circuit is OK. NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-78

PIIA2488E
PIIB0889E
2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

2. CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH HARNESS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect BCM and back door lock assembly connectors. 3. Check continuity between BCM connector M36 terminal 58 and
back door lock assembly connector D111 terminal 3.
58 (V/W) ­ 3 (V/W) : Continuity should exist.
4. Check continuity between BCM connector M36 terminal 58 and ground.
58 (V/W) ­ Ground : Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness.
3. CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH

Check continuity between back door lock assembly terminals 3 and 4.

Terminal

Back door condition

3

4

Open position Closed position

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace back door lock assembly.

Continuity Yes No

4. CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH GROUND HARNESS

Check continuity between back door lock assembly connector D111 terminal 4 and ground.

4 (B) - Ground

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Check harness connection. NG >> Repair or replace harness.

A B C D E
PIIB4859E
F G H BL
PIIB4860E
J K L M
PIIB4861E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-79

2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

Check Key Switch
1. CHECK KEY SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II Check ignition key switch "IGN ON SW" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.
q When key is inserted in ignition key cylinder

KEY ON SW

: ON

q When key is removed from ignition key cylinder

KEY ON SW

: OFF

Without CONSULT-II Check voltage between BCM connector and ground.

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

(+)

(­)

Condition

Key is removed from ignition
key cylinder. M34 37 (B/R) Ground
Key is inserted in ignition key
cylinder.

OK or NG
OK >> Key switch circuit is OK. NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK KEY SWITCH

Voltage [V] (Approx.)
0
Battery voltage

Check continuity between key switch connector M28 terminals 3 and 4.

Terminal

Condition

Key is removed from ignition key cylinder.

3

4

Key is inserted in ignition key cylinder.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace key switch.

Continuity No Yes

NIS00174 PIIA6470E PIIA6471E PIIA3044E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-80

2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

3. CHECK KEY SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M34 terminal 37 and key switch harness connector M28 terminal 4.

37 (B/R) - 4 (B/R)

: Continuity should exist.

3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M34 terminal 37 and ground.

37 (B/R) - Ground

: Continuity should not exist.

OK or NG OK >> Check the following. q 10A fuse [No.21, located in the fuse block (J/B)] q Harness for open or short between key switch and fuse NG >> Repair harness or connector.

Check Remote Keyless Entry Receiver
1. CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER OUTPUT SIGNAL

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check remote keyless entry receiver connector M133 terminal 2 (L) and ground signal with oscilloscope.

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

(+)

(­)

Condition of keyfob

Voltage (Reference value)

No function

M133

2

Ground

OCC3879D

Any button is pressed

OK or NG
OK >> Remote keyless entry receiver circuit is OK. NG >> GO TO 2.

OCC3880D

A B C D
PIIB0891E
E F
NIS001L9
G H BL J
PIIB1375E
K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-81

2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

2. CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER INPUT VOLTAGE

1. Disconnect remote keyless entry receiver connector. 2. Check voltage between remote keyless entry receiver connector M133 terminal 4 (Y) and ground.

4 (Y) ­ Ground

: Approx. 4.5V

PIIB3953E

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between remote keyless entry receiver connector M133 terminal 4 (Y) and BCM connector M34 terminal 19 (Y).

4 (Y) ­ 19 (Y)

: Continuity should exist.

3. Check continuity between remote keyless entry receiver connector M133 terminal 4 (Y) and ground.

4 (Y) ­ Ground

: Continuity should not exist.

OK or NG OK >> Check harness connection. q If it is OK, replace BCM. q If it is NG, repair or replace malfunction part. NG >> Repair or replace the harness.

PIIA9630E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-82

2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

4. CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER GROUND CIRCUIT A

1. Check continuity between remote keyless entry receiver connector M133 terminal 1 (P) and ground.

1 (P) ­ Ground

: Continuity should exist.

B

C

D
PIIB1376E

OK or NG

E

OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5.

5. CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER GROUND CIRCUIT

F

1. Check continuity between remote keyless entry receiver connector M133 terminal 1 (P) and BCM connector M34 terminal 18 (P)

1 (P) ­ 18 (P)

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG OK >> Check harness connection. q If it is OK, replace BCM. q If it is NG, repair or replace malfunction part. NG >> Repair or replace the harness.

6. CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER SIGNAL CIRCUIT

G H BL
PIIB3952E
J

1. Check continuity between remote keyless entry receiver connector M133 terminal 2 (L) and BCM connec- K tor M34 terminal 20 (L).

2 (L) ­ 20 (L)

: Continuity should exist.

2. Check continuity between remote keyless entry receiver connector M133 terminal 2 (L) and ground.

L

2 (L) ­ Ground

: Continuity should not exist.

OK or NG

M

OK >> Check harness connection.

q If it is OK, replace remote keyless entry receiver.

q If it is NG, repair or replace malfunction part.

NG >> Repair or replace harness.

PIIA9633E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-83

2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

Check IPDM E/R Operation
1. CHECK IPDM E/R INPUT VOLTAGE

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check voltage between IPDM E/R connector E9 terminal 51 and ground.

51 (G/O) ­ Ground

: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. NG >> GO TO 2.

NIS00175

2. CHECK IPDM E/R HARNESS

PIIA6403E

1. Disconnect IPDM E/R and horn relay connector. 2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R connector E9 terminal 51 and horn relay connector E11 terminal 1.

51 (G/O) ­ 1 (G/O)

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Check harness connection. NG >> Repair or replace harness.

Check Hazard Function
1. CHECK HAZARD WARNING LAMP

PIIA6404E NIS00176

Does hazard warning lamp flash with hazard switch?
YES or NO
YES >> Hazard warning lamp circuit is OK. NO >> Check hazard warning lamp circuit. Refer to LT-114, "TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING
LAMPS" .

Check Horn Function

NIS00177

First perform the "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" in "BCM" with CONSULT-II, then perform the trouble diagnosis of malfunction system indicated "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" of "BCM". Refer to BCS-13, "CAN Communication Inspection Using CONSULT-II (Self-Diagnosis)" .
1. CHECK HORN FUNCTION

Does horn sound with horn switch?
YES or NO YES >> Horn circuit is OK. NO >> Check horn circuit. Refer to WW-56, "HORN" .

Check Headlamp Function

NIS00178

First perform the "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" in "BCM" with CONSULT-II, then perform the trouble diagnosis of malfunction system indicated "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" of "BCM". Refer to BCS-13, "CAN Communication Inspection Using CONSULT-II (Self-Diagnosis)" .

Revision: 2006 August

BL-84

2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

1. CHECK HEADLAMP OPERATION A

Does headlamp come on when turning lighting switch "ON"?

YES or NO

YES >> Headlamp circuit is OK.

B

NO >> Check headlamp system. Refer to LT-6, "HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -" , LT-36, "HEADLAMP -

CONVENTIONAL TYPE-" .

Check Room Lamp and Ignition Keyhole Illumination Function
1. CHECK ROOM LAMP AND KEYHOLE ILLUMINATION OPERATION

C
NIS00179

When room lamp switch is in "DOOR" position, open the front door (LH or RH).

D

Room lamp and ignition keyhole illumination should illuminate.

OK or NG

E

OK >> Room lamp and ignition keyhole illumination circuit is OK.

NG >> Check room lamp and ignition keyhole illumination circuit. Refer to LT-208, "Room Lamp Does

Not Illuminate" , LT-211, "Ignition Key Hole Illumination Does Not Illuminate" .

F

G

H

BL

J

K

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-85

2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

ID Code Entry Procedure
KEY FOB ID SET UP WITH CONSULT-II

NIS0017A

CAUTION: If CONVERTER is not connected with CONSULT-II, vehicle occur the "FAIL-SAFE MODE" which is "LIGHT UP THE HEADLAMP" and/or "COOLING FAN ROTATING" when CONSULT-II is started.

NOTE: q If a key fob is lost, the ID code of the lost key fob must be erased to prevent unauthorized use. A
specific ID code can be erased with CONSULT-II. However, when the ID code of a lost key fob is not known, all controller ID codes should be erased. After all ID codes are erased, the ID codes of all remaining and/or new key fobs must be re-registered.
q When registering an additional key fob, the existing ID codes in memory may or may not be erased. If five ID codes are stored in memory, when an additional code is registered, only the oldest code is erased. If less than five ID codes are stored in memory, when an additional ID code is registered, the new ID code is added and no ID codes are erased.
q Entry of maximum five ID codes is allowed. When more than five ID codes are entered, the oldest ID code will be erased.
q Even if same ID code that is already in the memory is input, the same ID code can be entered. The code is counted as an additional code.
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Connect "CONSULT-II" and "CONSULT-II CONVERTER" to data link connector.

3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Touch "START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)".

PIIA1095E

5. Touch "BCM". If "BCM" is not indicated, go to GI-39, "CONSULT-II Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .

BCIA0029E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-86

BCIA0030E
2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
6. Touch "MULTI REMOTE ENT".
7. Touch "WORK SUPPORT".
8. The items are shown on the figure can be set up. q "REMO CONT ID REGIST" Use this mode to register a key fob ID code. NOTE: Register a key fob ID code when key fob or BCM is replaced, or when additional key fob is required. q "REMO CONT ID ERASUR" Use this mode to erase a key fob ID code. q "REMO CONT ID CONFIR" Use this mode to confirm if a key fob ID code is registered or not.

A

B

C
PIIA9922E
D

E

F

G
BCIA0031E
H

BL

J

PIIA9921E

K

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-87

2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
KEY FOB ID SET UP WITHOUT CONSULT-II

Revision: 2006 August

BL-88

PIIA2839E
2006 Murano

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

NOTE:

q If a key fob is lost, the ID code of the lost key fob must be erased to prevent unauthorized use. A specific A

ID code can be erased with CONSULT-II. However, when the ID code of a lost key fob is not known, all

controller ID codes should be erased. After all ID codes are erased, the ID codes of all remaining and/or

new key fobs must be re-registered. To erase all ID codes in memory, register one ID code (key fob) five times. After all ID codes are erased,

B

the ID codes of all remaining and/or new key fobs must be re-registered.

q When registering an additional key fob, the existing ID codes in memory may or may not be erased. If five ID codes are stored in memory, when an additional code is registered, only the oldest code is erased. If C less than five ID codes are stored in memory, when an additional ID code is registered, the new ID code is added and no ID codes are erased.

q If you need to activate more than two additional new key fobs, repeat the procedure "Additional ID code D entry" for each new key fob.

q Entry of maximum five ID codes is allowed. When more than five ID codes are entered, the oldest ID code

will be erased.

E

q Even if same ID code that is already in the memory is input, the same ID code can be entered. The code

is counted as an additional code.

Key Fob Battery Replacement

F
NIS0017B

G

H

BL

J

K

L

M

PIIA4706E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-89

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM Component Parts and Harness Connector Location

PFP:285e2
NIS0017C

Revision: 2006 August

BL-90

PIIB7846E
2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-91

PIIB8674E
2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

A. Intelligent Key warning buzzer (Eng room) E45
D. Door mirror (Passenger side) D32 (Outside antenna)
G. Outside key antenna (Rear door RH) D77
J. Outside key antenna (Rear bumper) B38

B. a: Passenger side select unlock relay M123 b: Intelligent key warning buzzer (Inside) M100
E. Inside key antenna-1 (Console)M102
H. Inside key antenna-3 (Luggage room) B122
K. Intelligent Key unit M99

C. Inside key antenna-2 (Dashboard) M109

PIIB8675E

F. Front door request switch (Driver side) D12
I. Back door request switch D108

System Description

NIS0017D

q The Intelligent Key system is a system that makes it possible to lock and unlock the all doors lock (door lock/unlock function), and start the engine (engine start function) by carrying around the Intelligent Key (without some key operation), which operates based on the results of electronic ID verification using twoway communications between the Intelligent Key and the vehicle (Intelligent Key unit).
CAUTION: The driver should always carry the Intelligent Key.
q Operation of the remote controller buttons on the Intelligent Key also provides the same functions as the remote controller entry system. (Remote keyless entry functions)
q If an action that does not meet the operating conditions of the Intelligent Key system is taken, the buzzer goes off to inform the driver. (Warning chime functions)
q When a door lock is locked or unlocked with request switch or remote controller button operation, the hazard lamps flash and the buzzer (outside vehicle) sounds (Hazard and horn reminder function).
q Even if the Intelligent Key battery is completely discharged, the door locks can be locked and unlocked and the engine started with the mechanical key built into the Intelligent Key.
q The settings for each function can be changed with the CONSULT-II.
q If an Intelligent Key is lost, a new Intelligent Key can be registered. A maximum of 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered.
q It has been made possible to diagnose the system and register an Intelligent Key with the CONSULT-II.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-92

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION Only when pressing the request switch, it is possible to lock and unlock the all doors by carrying around the A Intelligent Key (without some key operation). System Diagram
B

C

D

E

F

PIIB4601E

G

Operation Description

q When the Intelligent Key unit detects that each request switch is pressed, it starts the outside antenna corresponding to the pressed request switch and sends the request signal to the Intelligent Key. And then, H make sure that the Intelligent Key is near the door.

q If the Intelligent Key is within the outside antenna detection area, it receives the request signal and sends

the key ID signal to the Intelligent Key unit.

BL

q Intelligent Key receives the key ID signal and compares it with the registered key ID.

q If the key ID check result is OK, the Intelligent Key unit sends the door lock/unlock request signal to BCM

(body control module) via CAN communication line.

J

q Intelligent Key unit sends the door lock/unlock signal and sounds the Intelligent Key warning buzzer (engine room) (lock: 1 time, unlock: 2 times) at the same time.
q When BCM receives the door lock/unlock signal, it operates door lock actuator and flashes the hazard K lamp (lock: 1 time, unlock: 2 times) at the same time as an operation check.

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-93

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Operation Condition
If the following conditions are not satisfied, door lock/unlock operation is not performed even if the request switch is operated.

Request switch

Operation condition

Lock operation

q All doors are closed q Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle q Intelligent Key is with in outside key antenna detection area q OFF position warning chime is not operated

Unlock operation

q Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle q Intelligent Key is within outside key antenna detection area

Outside Key Antenna Detection Area
The outside key antenna detection area of door lock/unlock function is in the range of approximately 80 cm (31.50 in) surrounding the front door request switch (driver side, passenger side) (1) and the back door request switch (2). However, this operating range depends on the ambient conditions.

Key Reminder Function Key reminder functions have the following 2 functions.

Key reminder function

Operation condition

When the driver door is open

Key reminder function is operated when q Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle, q Driver door is open, and q Door is locked by door lock and unlock switch or door lock
knob

When the door is open/closed

Key reminder function is operated when q Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle, q Any door is open, q All doors are locked by door lock and unlock switch or door
lock knob, and q All door are closed.

PIIB4602E
Operation
All doors unlock operation
q All doors unlock operation q Sound Intelligent Key warn-
ing buzzer (engine room) for 3 seconds

CAUTION: q The above function operates when the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. However, there may be
times when the Intelligent Key cannot be detected, and this function will not operate when the Intelligent Key is on the instrument panel, or in the glove box. Also, this system sometimes does not operate if the Intelligent Key is in the door pocket for the open door.
Selective Unlock Function for Driver Side
When an LOCK signal is sent from door request switch (driver side), all doors will be locked. When an UNLOCK signal is sent from door request switch (driver side) once, driver's door will be unlocked. Then, if an UNLOCK signal is sent from door request switch (driver side) again within 5 seconds, all other door will be unlocked.
Selective Unlock Function for Passenger Side
When an LOCK signal is sent from request switch (passenger side), all doors will be locked. When an UNLOCK signal is sent from request switch (passenger side) once, Intelligent Key unit turns on passenger side select unlock relay. And then passenger's door will be unlocked. If an UNLOCK signal is sent from request switch (passenger side) again within 5 seconds, all other door will be unlocked.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-94

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Selective Unlock Function for Back Door

When an LOCK signal is sent from door request switch (back door), all doors will be locked.

A

When an UNLOCK signal is sent from door request switch (back door) once, back door can be opened.

Then, if an UNLOCK signal is sent from door request switch (back door) again within 5 seconds, all other door

will be unlocked.

B

Hazard and Horn Reminder

When doors are locked or unlocked by door request switch, Intelligent Key unit sends hazard and horn

request signal to BCM via CAN communication line.

C

BCM flashes hazard warning lamps as a reminder and sends horn chirp signal to IPDM E/R, IPDM E/R

sounds horn as a reminder.

The hazard and horn reminder has a horn chirp mode (C mode) and a non-horn chirp mode (S mode).

D

Operating function of hazard and horn reminder

Remote controller of Intelligent Key operation
Hazard warning lamp flash

Lock

C mode Unlock

Twice

Once

S mode
E

Lock

Unlock

Twice

F
--

Horn sound

Once

--

--

--

G

Hazard and horn reminder does not operate if any door switch is ON (any door is OPEN).

How to change hazard and horn reminder mode

With CONSULT-II

H

Hazard and horn reminder can be changed using "HAZARD ANSWER BACK", "ANSWER BACK WITH I-KEY

LOCK" and "ANSWER BACK WITH I-KEY UNLOCK" mode in "WORK SUPPORT".

Refer to BL-128, "WORK SUPPORT" . BL
Without CONSULT-II

When LOCK and UNLOCK signals are sent from the remote controller of Intelligent Key for more than 2 sec-

onds at the same time, the hazard and horn reminder mode is changed and hazard warning lamp flashes and

horn sounds as follows:

J

K

L

M
SEL153WA

Revision: 2006 August

BL-95

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
Auto Door Lock Function When all doors are locked, ignition knob switch is OFF (when ignition switch is not pressed) and key switch is OFF (when mechanical key is not inserted in key cylinder), doors are unlocked with door request switch When Intelligent Key unit does not receive the following signals within 30 seconds, all doors are locked. q Door switch is ON (door is opened) q Door is locked q Ignition knob switch is ON (ignition knob is pressed) q Key switch is ON (mechanical key is inserted in key cylinder) Auto door lock mode can be changed by "AUTO RELOCK TIMER" mode in "WORK SUPPORT". Refer to BL128, "WORK SUPPORT" .
Room Lamp Operation When the following conditions are met: q Condition of interior lamp switch is in DOOR position q Door switch OFF (when all the doors are closed) Intelligent Key system turns on interior lamp (for 30 seconds) by receiving UNLOCK signal from door request switch. For detailed description, refer to LT-185, "ROOM LAMP TIMER OPERATION" .
List of Operation Related Parts Parts marked with × are the parts related to operation.

Intelligent Key Key switch Ignition knob switch Door unlock sensor Door request switch (Driver, Passenger, Back door) Door lock actuator Door switch Inside key antenna Outside key antenna (Door mirror, Rear door, Rear bumper) Intelligent Key warning buzzer Intelligent Key unit CAN communication system BCM Select unlock relay Hazard warning lamp

Door lock open function

Door lock/unlock function by request switch

×××××××××

×××

Door lock/unlock function by mechanical key

×

×

Hazard and horn reminder function

××××

×

Key reminder function

×

××××××××××

×

Selective unlock function by request switch (driver side) ×

×××××××××

Selective unlock function by request switch (passenger side)

×

××××××××××

Selective unlock function by request switch (back door) ×

×

×××××××

Auto door lock function

××

×

×

×××

Revision: 2006 August

BL-96

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTIONS

Door Lock/Unlock Function

A

The Intelligent Key has the same functions as the remote control entry system. Therefore, it can be used in the

same manner as the remote controller by operating the door lock/unlock button.

System Diagram

B

C

D

E

F

G

PIIB4603E

Door Lock/Unlock Function q When door lock/unlock button of the Intelligent Key is passed, lock signal or unlock signal is sent from H
Intelligent Key to Intelligent Key unit.

q Intelligent Key unit sends the door lock/unlock request signal to BCM via CAN communication line. BL
q Intelligent Key unit sends the door lock/unlock signal and sounds the Intelligent Key warning buzzer (engine room) (lock: 1 time, unlock: 2 times) at the same time.

q When BCM receives the door lock/unlock signal, it operates door lock actuator and flashes the hazard

lamp (lock: 1 time, unlock: 2 times) at the same time as an operation check.

J

Operation Condition

Remote controller operation

Operation condition

K

Lock

q All doors closed q OFF position warning chime is not operated.

Unlock

--

L

Selective Unlock Function

When an LOCK signal is sent from remote controller of Intelligent Key, all doors will be locked.

M

When an UNLOCK signal is sent from remote controller of Intelligent Key once, driver's door will be unlocked.

Then, if an UNLOCK signal is sent from remote controller of Intelligent Key again within 5 seconds, all other

door will be unlocked.

Hazard and Horn Reminder
When doors are locked or unlocked by remote controller of Intelligent Key, Intelligent Key unit sends hazard and horn request signal to BCM via CAN communication line. BCM flashes hazard warning lamps as a reminder and sends horn chirp signal to IPDM E/R IPDM E/R sounds horn as a reminder. The hazard and horn reminder has a horn chirp mode (C mode) and a non-horn chirp mode (S mode).

Revision: 2006 August

BL-97

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Operating function of hazard and horn reminder

C mode

Remote controller of Intelligent Key operation

Lock

Unlock

Hazard warning lamp flash

Twice

Once

Horn sound

Once

--

Lock

S mode

Unlock

Twice

--

--

--

Hazard and horn reminder does not operate if any door switch is ON (any door is OPEN). How to change hazard and horn reminder mode
With CONSULT-II Hazard and horn reminder can be changed using "HORN WITH KEYLESS LOCK" and "HAZARD ANSWER BACK" mode in "WORK SUPPORT". Refer to BL-128, "WORK SUPPORT" .
Without CONSULT-II When LOCK and UNLOCK signals are sent from the remote controller of Intelligent Key for more than 2 seconds at the same time, the hazard and horn reminder mode is changed and hazard warning lamp flashes and horn sounds as follows:

SEL153WA
Auto Door Lock Function
When all doors are locked, ignition knob switch is OFF (when ignition switch is not pressed) and key switch is OFF (when mechanical key is not inserted in key cylinder), doors are unlocked with remote controller of Intelligent Key When Intelligent Key unit does not receive the following signals within 30 seconds, all doors are locked.
q Door switch is ON (door is opened)
q Door is locked
q Ignition knob switch is ON (ignition switch is pressed)
q Key switch is ON (mechanical key is inserted in key cylinder)
Auto door lock mode can be changed by "AUTO RELOCK TIMER" mode in "WORK SUPPORT". Refer to BL128, "WORK SUPPORT" .
Panic Alarm Function
When ignition knob switch is OFF (when ignition switch is not pressed) and key switch is OFF (when mechanical key is not inserted in key cylinder), Intelligent Key unit receives PANIC ALARM signal from remote controller of Intelligent Key. Intelligent Key unit is sends alarm request signal to BCM via CAN communication line. BCM turns on and off headlamp intermittently and sends theft warning horn signal to IPDM E/R. Then, IPDM E/R turns on and off horn intermittently. The headlamp flashes and the horn sounds intermittently. The alarm automatically turns off:
q After 25 seconds
q When Intelligent Key unit receives any signal from remote controller of Intelligent Key
q When door request switch is pressed (Intelligent Key is outside vehicle)
Panic alarm function mode can be changed by "PANIC ALARM DELAY" mode in "WORK SUPPORT". Refer to BL-128, "WORK SUPPORT" .

Revision: 2006 August

BL-98

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Keyless Power Window Down (Open) Function

All power windows open when the unlock button on remote controller of Intelligent Key is activated and kept A

pressed for more than 3 seconds with the ignition switch OFF. The windows keep opening if the unlock button

is continuously pressed.

The power window opening stops when the following operations are performed:

B

q When the unlock button is kept pressed more than 15 seconds.

q When the ignition switch is turned ON while the power window opening is operated.

q When the unlock button is released.

C

While retained power operation activate, Keyless power window down (open) Function cannot be operated.

Keyless power window down operation mode can be changed by "P/W DOWN DELAY" mode in "WORK SUP-

PORT". Refer to BL-128, "WORK SUPPORT" .

D

Room Lamp Illumination Operation

When the following conditions are met:

q Condition of interior lamp switch is in DOOR position

E

q Door switch OFF (when all the doors are closed)

Intelligent Key system turns on interior lamp (for 30 seconds) by receiving UNLOCK signal from remote controller of Intelligent Key. For detailed description, refer to LT-185, "ROOM LAMP TIMER OPERATION" .

F

List of Operation Related Parts

Parts marked with × are the parts related to operation.

G

Intelligent Key Key switch Ignition knob switch Door unlock sensor Door request switch (Driver, Passenger, Back door) Door switch Door lock actuator Intelligent Key warning buzzer Intelligent Key unit CAN communication system BCM Combination meter Hazard warning lamp Horn IPDM E/R Head lamp

H

BL
Remote keyless entry functions
J

K

Door lock function by the remote control button Hazard and horn reminder function Keyless power window down (open) function Auto door lock function Panic alarm function

××× × ×× ××× ×

L

××

×××

××××××××

M

×

×

×

×××

×

×××

×××

Revision: 2006 August

BL-99

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
ENGINE START FUNCTION When the registered Intelligent Key is carried, the engine can be started without inserting the key.

PIIB4345E
When ignition knob switch is ON (press ignition switch), Intelligent Key unit searches Intelligent Key in the vehicle using inside key antenna. When Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle, it performs the following operation.
q Illuminate green "KEY" warning lamp in combination meter.
q Released steering lock and ignition switch can be turned from OFF to ACC, ON or START position.
NOTE: If Intelligent Key is not registered, "KEY" warning lamp in combination meter illuminate red.
q Intelligent Key sends engine start signal via CAN communication line.
When ignition switch turns to START position, BCM sends starter request signal to IPDM E/R. Then, engine starts. Even if Intelligent Key battery runs down, Intelligent key unit can start engine with mechanical key built Intelligent Key. For details, refer toBL-236, "NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)" . All of the originally supplied Intelligent Key IDs (except for key) have been registered in Intelligent Key system. If requested by the vehicle owner, a maximum of four Intelligent Key IDs can be registered into the Intelligent Key system components.
List of Operation Related Parts
Parts marked with × are the parts related to operation.

Intelligent Key Key switch Ignition knob switch Inside key antenna Intelligent Key unit CAN communication system BCM Combination meter IPDM E/R NATS antenna amp. Steering lock unit

Engine start functions

Engine start function by the Intelligent Key Engine start function by the mechanical key

×××××××××

×

×

×××

×××

Revision: 2006 August

BL-100

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

WARNING CHIME FUNCTION

Operation Description

A

The warning chimes are as follows and are given to the user as warning information and warnings using com-

binations of Intelligent Key warning buzzer (inside and engine room), and warning lamps "KEY" and "P-

SHIFT".

B

q Ignition switch warning chime

q Ignition key warning chime

q OFF position warning chime

C

q OFF position warning chime (after door closed)

q Take away warning chime

D

q Take away warning chime (from window)

q Door lock operation warning chime

q Intelligent Key low battery warning

E

q P position warning

Operation Condition
Operation

Condition

F
Intelligent Key warning Warning lamp

buzzer sounds

illuminates

Ignition switch warning chime

q Key switch is OFF.
q Ignition switch is in the ACC, OFF or LOCK position. [ignition switch is pressed (ignition knob switch is ON).]
q Driver door is open.

Inside

G
--
H

Ignition key warning chime (When mechanical key is used)

q Mechanical key is inserted in ignition switch (key switch is ON).
q Ignition switch is in the ACC, OFF or LOCK position. q Driver door is open.

Combination meter

--

BL

OFF position warning chime

q Ignition switch is turned from ACC to OFF. [ignition switch is pressed (ignition knob switch is ON).]
q Ignition switch is in the LOCK position and pressed for 1 second.

Inside

J
--
K

OFF position warning chime (after door closed)
Take away warning chime
Take away warning chime (from window)

When driver door is opened and then closed while the OFF position warning chime above is operating.
q Engine is running. q Door open to close. q Intelligent Key is not found inside vehicle.
q Engine is running. q Door is closed. q Intelligent Key is not found inside vehicle.

Engine room Engine room
Inside

--
L
"KEY" (red)
M
"KEY" (red)

Revision: 2006 August

BL-101

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Operation

Condition

Door lock operation warning chime
Intelligent Key low battery warning P position warning

When request switch is pushed under the following conditions q All door are closed. q Door is unlocked. q Intelligent Key is inside vehicle. q Ignition switch is not pressed.
When request switch is pushed under the following conditions q All door are closed. q Door is unlocked. q Ignition switch is pressed. q Intelligent Key is within the detection area of oper-
ated request switch.
When request switch is pushed under the following conditions q Any door is opened. q Intelligent Key is within the detection area of oper-
ated request switch.
When Intelligent Key is low battery, Intelligent Key unit is detected after ignition switch is turned ON.
When selector lever is except for P position, ignition switch is turned from ON to OFF.

List of Operation Related Parts Parts marked with × are the parts related to operation.

Intelligent Key warning buzzer sounds Engine room
Engine room
Engine room -- --

Warning lamp illuminates --
--
-- "KEY" (green)
"P-SHIFT"

Intelligent Key Key switch Ignition knob switch Ignition switch ACC position input signal Ignition switch ON position input signal Door switch Door request switch Inside key antenna Outside key antenna (Door mirror, Rear door, Rear bumper) Intelligent Key warning buzzer Intelligent Key unit CAN communication system BCM Combination meter Park position switch

Warning and alarm functions

Ignition switch warning chime Ignition key warning chime (When mechanical key used) OFF position warning chime OFF position warning chime (after door close) Take away warning chime Take away warning chime (from window)
Revision: 2006 August

×

××

×

×

××

×× ×

×× ×

××

××××

××

×

×

×

×

××

×

×

×

×

×

××

×

BL-102

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Intelligent Key Key switch Ignition knob switch Ignition switch ACC position input signal Ignition switch ON position input signal Door switch Door request switch Inside key antenna Outside key antenna (Door mirror, Rear door, Rear bumper) Intelligent Key warning buzzer Intelligent Key unit CAN communication system BCM Combination meter Park position switch

A

B

C
Warning and alarm functions
D

E

F

Door lock operation warning chime Intelligent Key low battery warning P position warning

×

×

××××××

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

G

××

CHANGE SETTINGS FUNCTION

H

The settings for each function can be changed with the CONSULT-II, Display unit or Intelligent Key operation.

NOTE:

Once a function setting is changed, it will remain effective even if the battery is disconnected.

BL

Changing Settings Using CONSULT-II

The settings for the Intelligent Key system functions can be changed using CONSULT-II (WORK SUPPORT).

Refer to BL-128, "WORK SUPPORT" .

J

K

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-103

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

INTELLIGENT KEY REGISTRATION
Intelligent Key-ID registration is performed using the CONSULT-II.
CAUTION: q After a new Intelligent Key-ID is registered, be sure to check the function.
q When registering an additional Intelligent Key-ID, take any Intelligent Keys already registered and Intelligent Keys for any other vehicles out of the vehicle before starting.
CONSULT-II can be used to check and delete Intelligent Key-IDs. For future information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual NATS.

STEERING LOCK UNIT REGISTRATION
Steering Lock Unit ID Registration
CAUTION: q The method for registering a steering lock unit ID depends on the status of the steering lock unit
and Intelligent Key unit (new or old unit).
q After registration is completed, press ignition switch with a portable unit in the vehicle so that it can be turned, and confirm that it cannot be turned even when ignition switch is pressed without a portable unit in the vehicle.
For future information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual NATS.

CAN Communication System Description

NIS0017E

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

CAN Communication Unit

NIS0017F

Refer to LAN-25, "CAN COMMUNICATION" .

Revision: 2006 August

BL-104

2006 Murano

Schematic

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

NIS0017G
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-105

TIWB0147E
2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Revision: 2006 August

BL-106

TIWB0777E
2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM Wiring Diagram -- I/KEY--

NIS0017H
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-107

TIWB0149E
2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Revision: 2006 August

BL-108

TIWB0150E
2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-109

TIWB0778E
2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Revision: 2006 August

BL-110

TIWB0152E
2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-111

TIWB0779E
2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Revision: 2006 August

BL-112

TIWB0154E
2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-113

TIWB0780E
2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Revision: 2006 August

BL-114

TIWB0156E
2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-115

TIWB0157E
2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Revision: 2006 August

BL-116

TIWB0158E
2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-117

TIWB0159E
2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Revision: 2006 August

BL-118

TIWB0781E
2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-119

TIWB0782E
2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Terminals and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit

Terminal
1 2 3 4
5 6 7
8
9 10 11 12 13
14

Wire Color

Item

L/Y

Steering lock unit power supply

L CAN-H

Y CAN-L

Intelligent Key warnGR ing buzzer (engine
room)

B/W

Front door request switch (driver side)

G Ignition switch (ON)

B/R Key switch

L/W KEY indicator (green)

G/B

KEY indicator lamp (red)

P/B Ignition switch (ACC) G/Y Power source (Fuse)
B Ground
Inside key antenna Y (+) signal
(Luggage room)
Inside key antenna (-) BR signal
(Luggage room)

Signal input/ output Input Input/ output Input/ output Output
Input
Input
Input
Output
Output
Input Input
-- Output
Output

Ignition Switch Position
LOCK

Condition Operation or Conditions
--

--

--

--

--

LOCK
-- ON LOCK
LOCK
LOCK ACC
-- --

Operate door request switch.

Buzzer OFF
Sound buzzer

Press front door request switch (driver side).

Other than above

--

Insert mechanical key into ignition key cylinder.

Remove mechanical key from ignition key cylinder.

When Intelligent Key is inside vehicle, press ignition knob switch.

Ignition knob switch OFF

When Intelligent Key is outside vehicle, press ignition knob switch.

Ignition knob switch OFF

--

--

--

LOCK

Press ignition knob switch: ON (Ignition knob switch)

Inside key antenna

15

L (+) signal

Output

(Console)

Inside key antenna (-)

LOCK

Press ignition knob switch: ON (Ignition knob switch)

16 B/W signal

Output

(Console)

Voltage (V) Approx.
5 -- -- Battery voltage 0
0 5 Battery voltage Battery voltage 0
0 Battery voltage
0 Battery voltage Battery voltage Battery voltage
0

NIS0017I

SIIA1910J

SIIA1910J

Revision: 2006 August

BL-120

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Ter- Wire minal Color

Item

Outside key antenna

17

W (Rear bumper) (+)

signal

Outside key antenna

18

B (Rear bumper) (-)

signal

Signal input/ output

Ignition Switch Position

Condition Operation or Conditions

Output

Output

LOCK

Press back door opener request switch.

19

P

Driver side door antenna (+) signal

Output

20

V

Driver side door antenna (-) signal

Output

LOCK

Press door request switch (driver side).

21

BR/Y

"P-SHIFT" warning lamp

Within 2 seconds after ignition knob switch is turned Output ON ON
Other than above

Front door request 25 P/L switch (passenger
side)

Input

Press front door request

switch

--

(passenger side).

Other than above

26 R/G Stop lamp switch

Input

Depress brake pedal. --
Other than above

27 G/O Ignition knob switch

Input

Press ignition switch.

--

Return ignition switch to

LOCK position.

28

SB

Door unlock sensor (driver side)

Input

Door (driver side) is locked.

--

Door (driver side) is

unlocked.

29

G/W

Back door request switch

Input

Press back door request

--

switch.

Other than above

Driver's door open (sounds

30

LG/B

Intelligent key warning buzzer (inside)

Output

ACC

buzzer) Driver's door close (buzzer

OFF)

31

G/R

Steering lock unit ground

--

--

--

When Intelligent Key is

32

L/O

Steering lock unit communication signal

Input/ output

inside vehicle, press ignition LOCK knob switch.

Other than above

Voltage (V)

A

Approx.

B

C

SIIA1910J

D

E

F
SIIA1910J

0
G
Battery voltage

0

H

5

Battery voltage

BL

0

Battery voltage

J

0

5

K

0

0

L

5
M
0

Battery voltage

0

SIIA1911J
5

Revision: 2006 August

BL-121

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Terminal
35
36

Wire Color
O
B/P

Item
Inside key antenna (+) signal (Dashboard)
Inside key antenna (-) signal (Dashboard)

Signal input/ output
Output
Output

Ignition Switch Position
LOCK

Condition Operation or Conditions
Press ignition knob switch: ON (Ignition knob switch)

37

LG

Passenger side door antenna (+) signal

Output

38

B/Y

Passenger side door antenna (-) signal

Output

LOCK

Press door request switch (passenger side).

39 L/W P range switch

Input

Selector lever is in "P" posi-

--

tion.

Other than above

Press door request switch

40

L/R

Assist select unlock output

Output

--

(passenger side).

Other than avobe

Terminals and Reference Value for Steering Lock Unit

Ter- Wire minal Color

Signal Designation

1 G/Y Power source (Fuse)

2

L/Y

Steering lock unit power supply

Signal input/out-
put
Input
Output

Ignition Switch Position LOCK
LOCK

Condition Operation or Conditions
-- --

When Intelligent Key is

3

Steering lock unit L/O communication sig-
nal

Input/output

inside vehicle, press igniLOCK tion knob switch.

4

G/R

Steering lock unit ground

Other than the above

--

--

--

Terminals and Reference Value for BCM

Termi- Wire nal Color

Item

12

R/G

Front door switch passenger side

13 R/W Rear door switch RH

Signal input/out-
put

Condition

Input Door open (ON)  Close (OFF)

Input Door open (ON)  Close (OFF)

Voltage (V) Approx.

SIIA1910J
SIIA1910J
0 5 Battery voltage  0  Battery voltage Battery voltage
NIS0017J
Voltage (V) Approx.
Battery voltage 5

SIIA1911J
5 0

Voltage (V) Approx.

NIS0017K

0  Battery voltage 0  Battery voltage

Revision: 2006 August

BL-122

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Termi- Wire nal Color

Item

Signal input/out-
put

Condition

37

B/R Key switch

Input

Insert mechanical key from ignition key cylinder.
Remove mechanical key into ignition key cylinder.

38

R Ignition switch (ON)

Input

Ignition switch is in ON or START position.

39

L CAN-H

Input/output

--

40

Y CAN-L

Input/output

--

42

GR Power source

Input

--

44

G/W

Driver side door lock actuator (unlock)

50

V

All door lock actuator (lock)

Passenger and rear

51

G/Y doors lock actuator

(unlock)

Input Output Output

Door lock/ unlock switch (Free  Unlock)
Door lock/ unlock switch (Free  Lock)
Door lock/ unlock switch (Free  Unlock)

52

B Ground

--

--

55

W/B

Power source (Fusible link)

Input

--

58 V/W Back door switch

Input Back door open (ON)  Close (OFF)

62

SB

Front door switch driver side

Input Door open (ON)  Close (OFF)

63 R/W Rear door switch LH

Input Door open (ON)  Close (OFF)

Terminals and Reference Value for IPDM E/R

Voltage (V)

A

Approx.

Battery voltage
B
0

Battery voltage

C

--
D
--

Battery voltage

E

0  Battery voltage  0

0  Battery voltage  0

F

0  Battery voltage  0

G

0

Battery voltage

H

0  Battery voltage

0  Battery voltage

BL

0  Battery voltage
J
NIS0017L

Termi- Wire nal Color

Item

Signal input/out-
put

Condition

Voltage (V) Approx.

K

38

B Ground

--

--

48

L CAN-H

Input/output

--

0
L
--

49

Y CAN-L

Input/output

--

--

M

51

G/O Horn relay

Output

Press panic alarm bottom.

Horn sounds. Horn does not sound.

0 Battery voltage

60

B Ground

--

--

0

Revision: 2006 August

BL-123

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Trouble Diagnosis Procedure
PRELIMINALY CHECK

NIS0017M

*1: BL-171 *4: BL-130 *7: BL-131
Revision: 2006 August

*2: BL-130 *5: BL-127 *8: BL-125
BL-124

*3: BL-131 *6: BL-131 *9: BL-247

PIIB7849E
2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
WORK FLOW
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

*1: BL-23 *4: BL-133 *7: BL-134 *10: BL-136
Revision: 2006 August

*2: BL-132 *5: GW-17 *8: BL-92
BL-125

*3: BL-189 *6: BL-134 *9: BL-134

PIIB4604E
2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

CONSULT-II Functions (INTELLIGENT KEY)
CONSULT-II can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes as shown below.

NIS0017N

Part to be diagnosed Intelligent Key

Test item, Diagnosis mode WORK SUPPORT SELF-DIAG RESULTS DATA MONITOR CAN DIAGNOSTIC SUPPORT MONITOR

ACTIVE TEST

ECU PART NUMBER

Description Changes settings for each function. Intelligent Key unit performs CAN communication diagnosis. Displays Intelligent Key unit input data in real time. The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN Communication can be read. Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending driving signal to then. Displays Intelligent Key unit part No.

CONSULT-II Inspection Procedure

NIS0017O

CAUTION: If CONSULT-II is used with no connection CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which performs CAN Communication.

BASIC OPERATION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect CONSULT-II CONVERTER and CONSULT-II to data link connector.

3. Use mechanical key to turn ignition switch to ON. 4. Touch "START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)".
5. Touch "INTELLIGENT KEY" on "SELECT SYSTEM" screen. If "INTELLIGENT KEY" is not indicated, go to GI-39, "CONSULT-II Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .

Revision: 2006 August

BL-126

PBIB2546E
BCIA0029E
BCIA0030E
2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

6. Select diagnosis mode. "WORK SUPPORT", "SELF-DIAG

RESULTS", "CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR", "DATA MONITOR",

A

"ACTIVE TEST" and "ECU PART NUMBER" are available.

B

C

CONSULT-II Application Items
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

BCIA0031E
D
NIS0017P

Self-diag results

Description

Diagnosis procedure

Reference page

E

CAN COMM

Malfunction is detected in CAN communication. Check CAN communication system.

BL-137

CAN COMM2

Intelligent Key unit internal malfunction

Check CAN communication system.

BL-137

STRG COMM

Malfunction is detected in communication of Intelligent Key unit and steering lock unit.

Check steering lock unit.

F
BL-159

I-KEY C/U IMMU

Intelligent Key unit internal malfunction NATS malfunction

Replace Intelligent Key unit. Check NATS.

BL-170

BL-236

G

DATA MONITOR

Monitor item

Content

H

PUSH SW

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition knob switch.

KEY SW

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of key switch.

BL

DR REQ SW

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door request switch (driver side).

AS REQ SW

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door request switch (passenger side).

BD/TR REQ SW

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of back door opener request switch.

J

IGN SW

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch in ON position.

ACC SW

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch in ACC position.

K

DOOR STAT SW

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp switch.

STOP LAMP SW

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door unlock sensor.

P RANGE SW BD OPEN SW

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of park position switch.

L

Indicates [OPEN/CLOSE] condition of back door switch from BCM via CAN communication line.

DOOR LOCK SIG* DOOR UNLOCK SIG*

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door lock signal from Intelligent Key remote controller button.

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door unlock signal from Intelligent Key remote controller button.

M

PANIC SIG*

Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of panic alarm signal from Intelligent Key remote controller button.

DOOR SW DR*

Indicates [OPEN/CLOSE] condition of front door switch driver side from BCM via CAN communication line.

DOOR SW AS*

Indicates [OPEN/CLOSE] condition of front door switch passenger side from BCM via CAN communication line.

DOOR SW RR*

Indicates [OPEN/CLOSE] condition of rear door switch LH from BCM via CAN communication line.

DOOR SW RL*

Indicates [OPEN/CLOSE] condition of rear door switch RH from BCM via CAN communication line.

DOOR BK SW*

Indicates [OPEN/CLOSE] condition of back door switch from BCM via CAN communication line.

TRUNK SW*

This is displayed even when it is not equipped.

VEHICLE SPEED*

Indicates [km/h] condition of vehicle speed.

*: Select "SELECTION FROM MENU".

Revision: 2006 August

BL-127

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

WORK SUPPORT
Monitor item CONFIRM KEY FOB ID TAKE OUT FROM WINDOW WARN LOW BAT OF KEY FOB WARN SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNCTION ANTI KEY LOCK IN FUNCTION HORN WITH KEYLESS LOCK
HAZARD ANSWER BACK
ANSWER BACK WITH I-KEY LOCK ANSWER BACK WITH I-KEY UNLOCK AUTO RELOCK TIMER
PANIC ALARM DELAY
P/W DOWN DELAY
ENGINE START BY I-KEY LOCK/UNLOCK BY I-KEY

Description
It can be checked whether Intelligent Key ID code is registered or not in this mode.
Take away warning chime (from window) mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when "CHANGE SETT" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
Intelligent Key low battery warning mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when "CHANGE SETT" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
Selective unlock function mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when "CHANGE SETT" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
Key reminder function mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when "CHANGE SETT" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
Horn reminder function mode by Intelligent Key remote control button can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when "CHANGE SETT" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
Hazard reminder function mode can be selected from the following with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when "CHANGE SETT" on CONSULT-II screen is touched. q LOCK ONLY: Door lock operation only q UNLOCK ONLY: Door unlock operation only q LOCK/UNLOCK: Lock/Unlock operation q OFF: Non-operation
Horn reminder function (lock operation) mode by door request switch (driver side, passenger side and back door) can be selected from the following with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when "CHANGE SETT" on CONSULT-II screen is touched. q HORN CHIRP: Sound horn q BUZZER: Sound buzzer q OFF: Non-operation
Horn reminder function (unlock operation) mode by door request switch can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode.
Auto door lock timer mode can select the following with this mode. q 1 minute q 5 minute q OFF: Non-operation
Panic alarm button's pressing time on Intelligent Key remote control button can be selected from the following with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when "CHANGE SETT" on CONSULT-II screen is touched. q 0.5 second q 1.5 second q OFF: Non-operation
Unlock button's pressing time on Intelligent Key remote control button can be selected from the following with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when "CHANGE SETT" on CONSULT-II screen is touched. q 3 seconds q 5 seconds q OFF: Non-operation
Engine start function mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when "CHANGE SETT" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
Door lock/unlock function by door request switch (driver side, passenger side and back door) mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when "CHANGE SETT" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-128

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

ACTIVE TEST
Test item

Description

A

This test is able to check door lock/unlock operation.

q The all door lock actuators are unlocked when "ALL UNLK" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.

B

q The door lock actuator (driver side) is unlocked when "DR UNLK" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.

DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK

q The door lock actuator (passenger side) is unlocked when "AS UNLK" on CONSULT- II screen is touched.

q The door lock actuator (back door) is unlocked when "BK UNLK" on CONSULT- II screen is touched.

C

q The all door lock actuators are locked when "LOCK" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.

OUTSIDE BUZZER

This test is able to check Intelligent Key warning buzzer (engine room) operation. Intelligent Key warning buzzer (engine room) sounds when "ON" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.

D

This test is able to check Intelligent Key warning buzzer (inside) operation.

q Take away warning chime sounds when "TAKE OUT" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.

INSIDE BUZZER

q Ignition switch warning chime sounds when "KNOB" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.

E

q Ignition key warning chime sounds when "KEY" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.

This test is able to check warning lamp operation.

q "KEY" Warning lamp (Green) illuminates when "BLUE ON" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.

F

q "KEY" Warning lamp (Red) illuminates when "RED ON" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.

INDICATOR

q "P-SHIFT" Warning lamp illuminates when "KNOB ON" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.

q "KEY" Warning lamp (Green) flashes when "BLUE IND" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.

G

q "KEY" Warning lamp (RED) flashes when "BLUE IND" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.

q "P-SHIFT" Warning lamp flashes when "KNOB ON" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.

H

BL

J

K

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-129

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart
KEY WARNING LAMP ILLUMINATES GREEN

NIS0017Q

NOTE: q Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure". Refer to BL-
124, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure"

q Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in "Conditions of vehicle" before starting diagnosis, and check each symptom.

q If the following "symptoms" are detected, check systems shown in the "Diagnoses/Service procedure" column in this order.

Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions) q Intelligent Key is registered. q Key is not inserted in ignition switch. q One or more registered Intelligent Keys are in the vehicle.

Symptom

Diagnosis/Service procedure

Reference page

Ignition switch does not turn on with Intelligent Key. 1. Check steering lock unit.

[KEY warning lamp (green) illuminates.]

2. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

BL-159 BL-170

KEY WARNING LAMP ILLUMINATES RED
NOTE: q Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure". Refer to BL-
124, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" .
q Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in "Conditions of vehicle" before starting diagnosis, and check each symptom.
q If the following "symptoms" are detected, check systems shown in the "Diagnoses/Service procedure" column in this order.

Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions) q Intelligent Key is registered. q Key is not inserted in ignition switch. q One or more registered Intelligent Keys are in the vehicle.

Symptom
Ignition switch does not turn on with Intelligent Key. [KEY warning lamp (red) illuminates.]

Diagnosis/Service procedure 1. Check inside key antenna. 2. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

Reference page BL-158 BL-170

Revision: 2006 August

BL-130

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

KEY WARNING LAMP DOES NOT ILLUMINATE

NOTE:

A

q Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure". Refer to BL-

124, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" .

q Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in "Conditions of vehicle" before starting diagnosis, B and check each symptom.

q If the following "symptoms" are detected, check systems shown in the "Diagnoses/Service procedure" col-

umn in this order.

C

q Check if ignition switch turns using mechanical key. If it turns, check if "ENGINE START BY I-KEY" in

"WORK SUPPORT" mode is ON.

Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)

D

q Intelligent Key is registered.

q Key is not inserted in ignition switch.

q One or more registered Intelligent Keys are in the vehicle.

E

Symptom

Diagnosis/Service procedure

Reference page

1.

Check Intelligent Key unit power supply and ground circuit.

BL-137

F

Ignition switch does not turn on with Intelligent Key. 2. Check ignition knob switch. [KEY warning lamp does not illuminate.]
3. Check key switch.

BL-140
G
BL-138

4. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

BL-170

SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS ARE NOT DISPLAYED

H

NOTE:

q Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure". Refer to BL-

124, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" .

BL

q Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in "Conditions of vehicle" before starting diagnosis, and check each symptom.

q If the following "symptoms" are detected, check systems shown in the "Diagnoses/Service procedure" col- J umn in this order.

Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)

q ID-registered mechanical key is used.

K

q Multiple mechanical keys are not set in a keyfob. (If mechanical keys are near the ignition switch, the operation may not work properly.) L

Symptom
Ignition switch does not turn on with mechanical Key.

Diagnosis/Service procedure 1. Check key switch. 2. Check NATS antenna amp.

Reference page BL-138
M
BL-252

ENGINE START CONDITION CHECK
NOTE: q Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure". Refer to BL-
124, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" .
q If the following "symptoms" are detected, check systems shown in the "Diagnoses/Service procedure" column in this order.

Symptom Engine can not start

Diagnosis/Service procedure 1. Check park position switch. 2. Check stop lamp switch.

Reference page BL-162 BL-161

Revision: 2006 August

BL-131

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION MALFUNCTION NOTE: q Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure". Refer to BL-
124, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" . q Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in "Conditions of vehicle" before starting diagnosis,
and check each symptom. q If the following "symptoms" are detected, check systems shown in the "Diagnosis/Service procedure" col-
umn in this order.
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions) q LOCK/UNLOCK BY I-KEY is ON when setting on CONSULT-II. q Ignition switch is not depressed. q All doors are closed.

Symptom Door lock/unlock do not operate by request switch.
Door lock/unlock does not operate by request switch (driver side).
Door lock/unlock does not operate by request switch (passenger side).
Door lock/unlock does not operate by request switch (back door).
Selective unlock function does not operate by request switch (driver side). (Other door lock function operate properly)
Selective unlock function does not operate by request switch (passenger side). (Other door lock function operate properly)
Selective unlock function dose not operate by request switch (back door).
Auto lock function does not operate properly.

Diagnosis/Service procedure

1. Check door switch.

2. Check ignition knob switch.

3. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

1. Check door request switch (driver side).

2. Check outside key antenna (driver side).

3. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

1. Check door request switch (passenger side).

2. Check outside key antenna (passenger side).

3. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

1. Check door request switch (back door).

2. Check outside key antenna (rear bumper).

3. Replace intelligent key unit.

1.

Check "SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNCTION" setting in "WORK SUPPORT".

2.

Check select unlock function with a remote controller or door key cylinder.

3. Replace BCM.

1.

Check "SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNCTION" setting in "WORK SUPPORT".

2. Check select unlock relay.

3. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

1.

Check "SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNCTION" setting in "WORK SUPPORT".

2. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

1.

Check "AUTO RELOCK TIMER" setting in "WORK SUPPORT".

2. Check key switch.

3. Check ignition knob switch.

4. Check door switch.

5. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

Reference page BL-142 BL-140 BL-170 BL-145 BL-151 BL-170 BL-145 BL-154 BL-170 BL-145 BL-156 BL-170
BL-128
BL-60
BCS-14
BL-128
BL-164 BL-170
BL-128
BL-170
BL-128
BL-138 BL-140 BL-142 BL-170

Revision: 2006 August

BL-132

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Symptom

Diagnosis/Service procedure

Reference page

A

1.

Check "ANTI KEY LOCK IN FUNCTION" setting in "WORK SUPPORT".

BL-128

Key reminder function does not operate properly.

2. Check door switch. 3. Check inside key antenna. 4. Check unlock sensor.

BL-142
B
BL-158 BL-147

5. Check Intelligent Key battery inspection.

BL-171

C

6. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

BL-170

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION MALFUNCTION

D

NOTE:

q Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure". Refer to BL-

124, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" . E
q Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in "Conditions of vehicle" before starting diagnosis,

and check each symptom.

q If the following "symptoms" are detected, check systems shown in the "Diagnosis/Service procedure" col-

umn in this order.

F

Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)

q Ignition switch is not depressed.

G

q All doors are closed.

Symptom

Diagnosis/Service procedure

Reference

page

H

Either one of the remote keyless entry functions do not operate.

Replace Intelligent Key unit.

BL-170

1. Selective unlock function does not operate

Check "SELECT UNLOCK FUNCTION" setting in "WORK SUPPORT".

BL-128

BL

by Intelligent Key remote control button.

2. Check Intelligent Key battery inspection. 3. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

BL-171
J
BL-170

1. Check "AUTO RELOCK TIMER" setting in "WORK SUPPORT".

BL-128

2. Check key switch.

Auto lock function does not operate properly.

3.

Check ignition knob switch.

4. Check door switch.

5. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

BL-138

K

BL-140

BL-142

BL-170

L

1.

Check "ANTI KEY LOCK IN FUNCTION" setting in "WORK SUPPORT".

BL-128

2. Check door switch.

BL-142

M

Key reminder function does not operate properly.

3. Check inside key antenna. 4. Check unlock sensor.

BL-158 BL-147

5. Check Intelligent Key battery inspection.

BL-171

6. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

BL-170

1. Check "PANIC ALARM DELAY" setting in "WORK SUPPORT".

BL-128

2. Theft warning operation check.

BL-207

Panic alarm function does not operate properly.

3. Check Intelligent Key battery inspection. 4. Check key switch.

BL-171 BL-138

5. Check ignition knob switch.

BL-140

6. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

BL-170

Revision: 2006 August

BL-133

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

HAZARD AND HORN REMINDER FUNCTION MALFUNCTION NOTE: q Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure". Refer to BL-
124, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" q Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in "Conditions of vehicle" before starting diagnosis,
and check each symptom. q If the following "symptoms" are detected, check systems shown in the "Diagnosis/Service procedure" col-
umn in this order.
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions) q Ignition switch is not depressed. q All doors are closed.

Symptom

Diagnosis/Service procedure

Reference page

Hazard reminder does not operate properly by request switch. (Horn reminder operate properly.)

1.

Check "HAZARD ANSWER BACK" setting in "WORK SUPPORT".

2. Check hazard function with hazard switch

3. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

BL-128
BL-169 BL-170

Check "ANSWER BACK WITH I-KEY LOCK" or

1. "ANSWER BACK WITH I-KEY UNLOCK" setting in

"WORK SUPPORT".

Horn reminder does not operate properly by request switch. (Horn reminder operate prop-

2.

Check Intelligent Key warning buzzer (Engine room).

erly.)

3. Check horn function.

BL-128
BL-149 BL-169

4. Check IPDM E/R operation.

BL-170

5. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

BL-170

Hazard reminder does not operate properly by Intelligent Key remote control button. (Horn reminder operate properly.)

1.

Check "HAZARD ANSWER BACK" setting in "WORK SUPPORT".

2. Check hazard function.

3. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

BL-128
BL-169 BL-170

Horn reminder does not operate properly by Intelligent Key remote control button (door lock/unlock button). (Horn reminder operate properly.)

1.

Check "HORN WITH KEYLESS LOCK" setting in "WORK SUPPORT".

2. Check Intelligent Key warning buzzer (Engine room).

3. Check horn function.

4. Check IPDM E/R operation.

BL-128
BL-149 BL-169 BL-170

5. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

BL-170

POWER WINDOW DOWN FUNCTION MALFUNCTION
NOTE: q Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure". Refer to BL-
124, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure"
q If the following "symptoms" are detected, check systems shown in the "Diagnoses/Service procedure" column in this order.

Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions) q Key is not inserted in ignition switch. q One or more registered Intelligent Keys are in the vehicle.

Symptom
Power window down function does not operate properly.

Diagnosis/Service procedure 1. Check "P/W DOWN DELAY" setting in "WORK SUPPORT". 2. Check Intelligent Key battery inspection.

Reference page BL-128 BL-171

WARNING CHIME FUNCTION MALFUNCTION
NOTE: q Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure". Refer to BL-
124, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" .

Revision: 2006 August

BL-134

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

q Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in "Conditions of vehicle" before starting diagnosis,

and check each symptom.

A

q If the following "symptoms" are detected, check systems shown in the "Diagnosis/Service procedure" column in this order.

Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)

B

Each warning chime function is ON when setting on CONSULT-II.

Symptom

Diagnosis/Service procedure 1. Check ignition knob switch.

Reference page

BL-140

C

Ignition switch warning chime does not operate.

2. Check door switch. 3. Check key switch. 4. Check Intelligent Key warning buzzer (inside).

BL-142

BL-138

D

BL-148

5. Replace Intelligent Key unit. 1. Check key switch (Intelligent Key unit input).

BL-170

BL-138

E

Ignition key warning chime does not operate properly. (When mechanical key used)

2. Check key switch (BCM input). 3. Check door switch. 4. Check combination meter.

BL-139 BL-142
F
DI-16

5. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

BL-170

OFF position warning chime does not operate.

1. Check ignition knob switch. 2. Check key switch. 3. Check power supply and ground circuit. 4. Check Intelligent Key warning buzzer (inside).

BL-140

G

BL-138

BL-137
H
BL-148

5. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

BL-170

OFF position warning chime (after door closed) does not operate properly.

1. Check ignition knob switch. 2. Check Intelligent Key warning buzzer (engine room). 3. Replace Intelligent Key unit. 1. Check door switch.

BL-140

BL

BL-149

BL-170

BL-142

J

2. Check power supply and ground circuit.

BL-137

Take away warning chime does not oper- 3. Check Intelligent Key battery inspection.

ate properly.

4. Check inside key antenna.

BL-171

K

BL-158

5. Check Intelligent Key warning buzzer (engine room). 6. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

BL-149

BL-170

L

1.

Check "TAKE OUT FROM WINDOW WARN" setting in "WORK SUPPORT".

2. Check inside key antenna.

BL-128

BL-158

M

Take away warning chime (from window) 3. Check power supply and ground circuit.

does not operate properly.

4. Check Intelligent Key battery inspection.

BL-137 BL-171

5. Check Intelligent Key warning buzzer (inside).

BL-148

6. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

BL-170

1. Check door switch.

BL-142

2. Check ignition knob switch.

BL-140

3. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

BL-170

Door lock operation warning chime does 4. Check door request switch (driver side).

not operate properly.

5. Check outside key antenna (driver side).

BL-145 BL-151

6. Check inside key antenna.

BL-158

7. Check Intelligent Key warning buzzer (engine room).

BL-149

8. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

BL-170

Revision: 2006 August

BL-135

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

WARNING LAMP FUNCTION MALFUNCTION
NOTE: q Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure". Refer to BL-
124, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" .
q If the following "symptoms" are detected, check systems shown in the "Diagnosis/Service procedure" column in this order.

Symptom
Intelligent Key low battery warning does not operate properly.
P position warning lamp does not illuminate properly.
Take away warning lamp does not illuminate properly. (Take away warning chime is operated.) Ignition switch warning lamp does not illuminate properly. (Ignition switch warning chime is operated.)

Diagnosis/Service procedure

1.

Check "LOW BAT OF KEY FOB WARN" setting in "WORK SUPPORT".

2. Check Intelligent Key battery inspection.

3. Check KEY warning lamp (green).

4. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

1. Check park position switch.

2. Check "P-SHIFT" warning lamp (red).

3. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

1. Check KEY warning lamp (red).

2. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

1. Check KEY warning lamp (red).

2. Replace Intelligent Key unit.

Reference page
BL-128
BL-171 BL-168 BL-170 BL-162 BL-165 BL-170 BL-167 BL-170 BL-167 BL-170

Revision: 2006 August

BL-136

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Check CAN Communication System
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

NIS0017R
A

CAUTION: If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be B detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which performs CAN communication.

With CONSULT-II

q Connect CONSULT-II, and turn ignition switch ON.

C

q Touch "INTELLIGENT KEY" on "SELECT SYSTEM" screen.

q Touch "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" on "SELECT DIAG MODE" screen.

q Check display content in self-diagnostic results.

D

CONSULT-II display item NO DTC IS DETECTED

DTC code

--

E

CAN COMM

U1000

OK or NG

CAN COMM2

U1010
F

NO DTC IS DETECTED>> INSPECTION END

CAN COMM [U1000]>> After printing "SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS", go to "CAN SYSTEM", Refer toLAN-3, "Precautions When Using CONSULT-II" .

G

CAN COMM2 [U1010]>> Replace Intelligent Key unit.

Check Power Supply and Ground Circuit
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

NIS0017S

H

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit harness connector.
3. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector and ground.

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Ignition switch position

(+)

(­)

OFF

ACC

ON

6 (G)

0V

0V

Battery voltage

M99 10 (P/B) Ground

0V

Battery voltage Battery voltage

11 (G/Y)

Battery voltage

Battery voltage Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace Intelligent Key power supply circuit.

2. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT

BL
J
K
L
MIIB0360E
M

Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M75 terminal 12 (B) and ground.

12 (B) - Ground

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Power supply and ground circuits are OK. NG >> Repair or replace the Intelligent Key unit ground circuit.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-137

MIIB0361E
2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Check Key Switch (Intelligent Key Unit Input)

NIS0017T

1. CHECK KEY SWITCH

With CONSULT-II Check key switch ("KEY SW") in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.

Monitor item

Condition

KEY SW

Insert mechanical key into ignition switch: ON Remove mechanical key into ignition switch: OFF

OK or NG
OK >> Key switch is OK. NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK KEY SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

PIIB1359E

1. Remove mechanical key from ignition switch. 2. Disconnect key switch and ignition knob switch connector.
3. Check voltage between key switch and ignition knob switch harness connector M118 terminal 3 and ground.

3 (G/Y) - Ground

: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace key switch and ignition knob switch
power supply circuit.

3. CHECK KEY SWITCH OPERATION

Check continuity between key switch and ignition knob switch harness connector M118 terminal 3 and 4.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Continuity

Insert mechanical key into ignition switch.

Yes

M118

3

4

Remove mechanical key from ignition switch.

No

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace key cylinder assembly (built-in key switch).

PIIB4254E PIIA6140E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-138

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

4. CHECK KEY SWITCH CIRCUIT A

1. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector.

2. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M99 terminal 7 and key switch and igni-

tion knob switch harness connector M118 terminal 4.

B

7 (B/R) - 4 (B/R) : Continuity should exist.

3. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M99 terminal 7 and ground.

C

7 (B/R) - Ground : Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG OK >> Check the condition of harness and harness connector. NG >> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit and key switch and ignition knob switch.
Check Key Switch (BCM Input)
1. CHECK KEY SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

D
E
PIIB4255E NIS0017U
F

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect key switch and ignition knob switch connector.
3. Check voltage between key switch and ignition knob switch connector M118 terminal 3 and ground.

3 (G/Y) ­ Ground

: Battery voltage.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Check harness between key switch and ignition knob
switch and fuse.

2. CHECK KEY SWITCH

G H BL
PIIB4254E
J

Check continuity between key switch and ignition knob switch har-

K

ness connector M118 terminals 3 and 4.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Continuity

Insert mechanical key into ignition switch.

Yes

L

M118

3

4

Remove mechanical key from ignition switch.

No

M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace key cylinder assembly (built-in key switch).

PIIA6140E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-139

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

3. CHECK KEY SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M34 terminal 37 and key switch and ignition knob switch harness connector M118 terminal 4.

37 (B/R) ­ 4 (B/R)

: Continuity should exist.

3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M34 terminal 37 and ground.

37 (B/R) ­ Ground

: Continuity should not exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Key switch (BCM input) circuit is OK. NG >> Repair or replace harness between key switch and ignition knob switch and BCM.

Check Ignition Knob Switch
1. CHECK IGNITION KNOB SWITCH

With CONSULT-II Display "PUSH SW" on DATA MONITOR screen, and check if ON/ OFF display is linked to ignition switch operation.

Monitor item PUSH SW

Condition Ignition switch is pushed: ON Ignition switch is withdrawn: OFF

PIIB4256E NIS0017V

Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector. 3. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector
M99 terminal 27 and ground.

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

(+)

(­)

Condition

Ignition switch is
pushed M99 27 (G/O) Ground
Ignition switch is
withdrawn

OK or NG
OK >> Ignition knob switch is OK. NG >> GO TO 2.

Voltage (V) (Approx.)
Battery voltage
0

PIIB1360E PIIB1364E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-140

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

2. CHECK IGNITION KNOB SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect key switch and ignition knob switch connector. 3. Check voltage between key switch and ignition knob switch harness connector M118 terminal 1 and B
ground.

1 (G/Y) - Ground

: Battery voltage

C

OK or NG

OK >> GO TO 3.

NG >> Repair or replace key switch and ignition knob switch

D

power supply circuit.

E

3. CHECK IGNITION KNOB SWITCH OPERATION

PIIB4257E
F

Check continuity between ignition knob switch harness connector M118 terminal 1 and 2. G

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Continuity

Ignition switch is pushed

Yes

M118

1

2

Ignition switch is with-

drawn.

No

H

OK or NG

OK >> GO TO 4.

BL

NG >> Replace key switch and ignition knob switch.

J
PIIA9929E

4. CHECK IGNITION KNOB SWITCH CIRCUIT
K 1. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M99 terminal 27 and key switch and igni-
tion knob switch harness connector M118 terminal 2.

27 (G/O) - 2 (G/O) : Continuity should exist.

L

2. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector

M99 terminal 27 and ground.

27 (G/O) - Ground : Continuity should not exist.

M

OK or NG
OK >> Check the condition of harness and harness connector. NG >> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit
and key switch and ignition knob switch.

PIIB4258E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-141

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Check Door Switch
CHECK DOOR SWITCH (EXCEPT BACK DOOR SWITCH)
1. CHECK DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II Check door switches ("DOOR SW-DR", "DOOR SW-AS", "DOOR SW-RL" and "DOOR SW-RR") in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.

Monitor item DOOR SW-DR DOOR SW-AS DOOR SW-RL DOOR SW-RR

Condition CLOSE  OPEN: OFF  ON

Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

Terminals

Item

Connector

(Wire color)

(+)

(-)

Driver side Rear LH
Passenger side Rear RH

M36 M34

62 (SB) 63
(R/W) 12 (R/G) 13 (R/W)

Ground

OK or NG

OK >> Door switch circuit is OK. NG >> GO TO 2.

Door condition
CLOSE 
OPEN

Voltage (V) (Approx.)
Battery voltage  0

NIS0017W PIIA6469E
PIIA7003E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-142

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

2. CHECK DOOR SWITCH A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect door lock assembly connector.

3. Check continuity between door switch terminals 4 and 5.

B

Terminal

Door condition

Continuity

Close

No

C

4

5

Open

Yes

OK or NG

D

OK >> GO TO 3.

NG >> Replace malfunction door lock assembly.

E

F

G

H

3. CHECK DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT

PIIB4605E

BL

1. Disconnect BCM connector.

J

2. Check continuity between door switch harness connector D10, D38, D56, D76 terminals 4 and BCM har-

ness connector M34, M36 terminals 12, 13, 62, 63.

Driver door

K

4 (SB) ­62 (SB)

: Continuity should exist.

Passenger door

L

4 (R/G) ­ 12 (R/G)

: Continuity should exist.

Rear door LH

4 (V) ­ 63 (V)

: Continuity should exist.

M

Rear door RH

4 (R/W) ­ 13 (R/W)

: Continuity should exist.

3. Check continuity between door switch harness connector D10, D38, D56, D76 terminal 4 and ground.

4 (SB, R/G, V or R/W) ­ : Continuity should not

Ground

exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Check door switch case ground condition. NG >> Repair or replace harness.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-143

PIIB4606E
2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH
1. CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II Check door switches ("DOOR BK SW") in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.

Monitor item DOOR BK SW

Condition Close  Open: CLOSE  OPEN

Without CONSULT-II Check voltage between BCM connector and ground.

Connector
M36

Terminal (Wire color)

(+)

(-)

58 (V/W) Ground

Back door condition

Voltage (V) (Approx.)

Close 
Open

Battery voltage  0

OK or NG OK >> Door switch circuit is OK. NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect BCM and back door lock assembly connector.
3. Check continuity between BCM connector M36 terminal 58 and back door lock assembly connector D111 terminal 3.

58 (V/W) ­ 3 (V/W)

: Continuity should exist.

4. Check continuity between BCM connector M36 terminal 58 and ground.

58 (V/W) ­ Ground

: Continuity should not exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness.

PIIB4684E PIIA6473E PIIB4607E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-144

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

3. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT

Check continuity between back door closure motor connector D111 terminal 4 and ground.

4 (B) ­ Ground

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace harness.

4. CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH

Check continuity between back door lock assembly terminals 3 and 4.

Terminals

Back door condition

3

4

Open Close

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace back door lock assembly.

Continuity Yes No

5. CHECK BCM OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect BCM connector. 2. Check voltage between BCM connector M36 terminal 58 and ground.
58 (V/W) ­ Ground : Battery voltage OK or NG
OK >> Check condition of harness and connector. NG >> Replace BCM.

Check Door Request Switch
1. CHECK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH

With CONSULT-II Display "DR REQ SW" (driver door), "AS REQ SW" (passenger door) and "BD/TR REQ SW" (back door) on DATA MONITOR screen, and check if ON-OFF display is linked to door request switch operation.

Press door request switch.

: ON

Release door request switch. : OFF

OK or NG
OK >> Door request switch is OK. NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-145

A

B

C

D
PIIB4608E
E

F

G

H

PIIB4609E

BL

J

K L

M
PIIA6229E NIS0017X

PIIB1361E
2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

2. CHECK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH SIGNAL

1. Turn ignition knob LOCK position.
2. Disconnect door request switch connector.
3. Check voltage between door request switch connector D12 (driver door), D39 (passenger door), D108 (back door) terminal 1 and ground.

Driver Passenger Back door

1 (BW) - Ground 1 (P/L) - Ground 1 (G/R) - Ground

: Approx. 5V : Approx. 5V : Approx. 5V

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 5.

3. CHECK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH OPERATION

Check continuity between door request switch terminals 1 and 2.

Terminal

Condition

Press door request switch

1

2

Other than above

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace door request switch.

Continuity Yes No

PIIA6744E

4. CHECK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT

PIIA9930E

Check continuity between door request switch connector D12 (driver side), D39 (passenger side), D108 (back door) terminal 2 (B) and ground.

2 (B) - Ground

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Check harness connection. NG >> Repair or replace door request switch ground circuit.

PIIA6746E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-146

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

5. CHECK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector.
2. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector M99 terminals 5 (driver door), 25 (passenger door), and 29 (back door) and door request switch connector D12 (driver door), D39 (passenger door), B D108 (back door) terminal 1.

Driver

5 (B/W) - 1 (B/W) : Continuity should exist.

Passenger 25 (P/L) - 1 (P/L) : Continuity should exist.

C

Back door 29 (G/W) - 1 (G/R) : Continuity should exist.

3. Check continuity between door request switch connector D12

D

(driver door), D42 (passenger door), D113 (back door) terminal

1 and ground.

1 - Ground

: Continuity should not exist.

E

OK or NG
OK >> Replace Intelligent Key unit. NG >> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit and door request switch.

PIIA6747E
F

Check Unlock Sensor
1. CHECK UNLOCK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

NIS0017Y
G

Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground.

Connector

Terminals (Wire color)

(+)

(-)

Condition

Voltage (V) (Approx.)

Driver side door lock is locked

5

M99 28 (SB) Ground

Driver side door lock is unlocked

0

OK or NG
OK >> Unlock sensor is OK. NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK UNLOCK SENSOR CIRCUIT

H

BL

J

PIIA6802E

K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

L

2. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit and front door lock assembly (driver side) connector.

3. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector

M

M99 terminal 28 and front door lock assembly (driver side) har-

ness connector D10 terminal 1.

28 (SB) ­ 1 (G/Y)

: Continuity should exist.

4. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M99 terminal 28 and ground.

28 (SB) ­ Ground

: Continuity should not exist.

PIIB4610E

OK or NG

OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit and front door lock assembly (driver side).

Revision: 2006 August

BL-147

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

3. CHECK UNLOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT

Check continuity between front door lock assembly (driver side) harness connector D10 terminal 5 and ground.

5 (B) ­ Ground

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace harness.

4. CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT OUTPUT SIGNAL

1. Connect Intelligent Key unit harness connector. 2. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M99 terminal 28 and ground.

28 (SB) ­ Ground

: Approx. 5V

OK or NG
OK >> Replace front door lock assembly (driver side). NG >> Replace Intelligent Key unit.

PIIA6804E

Check Intelligent Key Warning Buzzer (Inside)
1. CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER (INSIDE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

PIIA6802E NIS0017Z

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect Intelligent Key warning buzzer (inside) connector. 3. Check voltage between Intelligent Key warning buzzer (inside) harness connector M100 terminal 1 and
ground.

1 (Y/R) - Ground

: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace Intelligent Key warning buzzer (inside)
power supply circuit.

PIIB4611E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-148

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

2. CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER (INSIDE) CIRCUIT A

1. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector.

2. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector

M99 terminal 30 and Intelligent Key warning buzzer (inside) har-

B

ness connector M100 terminal 3.

30 (LG/B) - 3 (LG/B) : Continuity should exist. C
3. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M99 terminal 30 and ground.

30 (LG/B) - Ground : Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key warning buzzer (inside) and Intelligent Key unit.
3. CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER (INSIDE) OPERATION

D
PIIB4612E
E
F

Connect battery power supply to Intelligent Key warning buzzer (inside) harness connector M100 terminals 1

and 3, and check the operation.

G

1 (BAT+) - 3 (BAT-)

: the buzzer sounds

OK or NG

OK >> Intelligent Key warning buzzer (inside) is OK.

H

NG >> Replace Intelligent Key warning buzzer (inside).

BL

J
PIIB4613E

Check Intelligent Key Warning Buzzer (ENGINE ROOM)

NIS00180

1. CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER (ENGINE ROOM) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect Intelligent Key warning buzzer (engine room) connector.

L

3. Check voltage between Intelligent Key warning buzzer (engine room) harness connector E45 terminal 1 and ground.

1 (Y/R) - Ground

: Battery voltage

M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace Intelligent Key warning buzzer (engine
room) power supply circuit.

PIIB4275E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-149

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

2. CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER (ENGINE ROOM) CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector.
2. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M99 terminal 4 and Intelligent Key warning buzzer (engine room) harness connector E45 terminal 3.

4 (GR) - 3 (GR)

: Continuity should exist.

3. Check continuity between Intelligent Key warning buzzer (engine room) harness connector E45 terminal 3 and ground.

3 (GR) - Ground

: Continuity should not exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key warn-
ing buzzer (engine room) and Intelligent Key unit.

3. CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER (ENGINE ROOM) OPERATION

PIIB4276E

Connect battery power supply to Intelligent Key warning buzzer (engine room) harness connector E45 terminals 1 and 3, and check the operation.

1 (BAT+) - 3 (BAT-)

: the buzzer sounds

OK or NG
OK >> Intelligent Key warning buzzer (engine room) is OK. NG >> Replace Intelligent Key warning buzzer (engine room).

PIIB4277E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-150

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Check Outside Key Antenna
CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA (DRIVER SIDE)
1. CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA INPUT SIGNAL

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect outside key antenna (door mirror) connector.
3. Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground with oscilloscope.

Con-

nec-

Item

tor

Terminal (wire color)

(+)

(-)

Condition

Signal (Reference value)

M99 Driver side

19 (P)

Request Ground switch is
pushed

SIIA1910J
4. Disconnect outside key antenna (rear door LH) connector. 5. Connect outside key antenna (door mirror) connector. 6. Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground with oscilloscope.

Con-

nec-

Item

tor

Terminal (wire color)

(+)

(-)

Condition

Signal (Reference value)

M99 Driver side

19 (P)

Request Ground switch is
pushed

OK or NG
OK >> Check condition of harness and connector. NG >> GO TO 2.

SIIA1910J

NIS00181
A B C D E
PIIB4615E
F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-151

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

2. CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector and outside key antenna (door mirror) connector.
2. Check continuity between each outside key antenna harness connector and Intelligent Key unit connector.

Item

Con- Terminal nector (Wire color)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Continuity

Door mirror (driver side)

D2

1 (P) 12 (V)

19 (P) 20 (V)

M99

Yes

1 (P)

19 (P)

Rear door LH D57

2 (V)

20 (V)

3. Check continuity between each outside key antenna connector and ground.

Item

Connector

Terminal

Continuity

Door mirror (driver side)
Rear door LH

1 (P)

D2

12 (V)

Ground

No

1 (P)

D57

2 (V)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace harness between outside key antenna and
Intelligent Key unit.

PIIB4616E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-152

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

3. CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA POWER SUPPLY

1. Replace outside key antenna (door mirror). (New antenna or other antenna)
2. Connect Intelligent Key unit connector and outside key antenna (door mirror) connector.
3. Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground with oscilloscope.

Con-

nec-

Item

tor

Terminal (wire color)

(+)

(-)

Condition

Signal (Reference value)

M99 Driver side

19 (P)

Request Ground switch is
pushed

SIIA1910J
4. Disconnect outside key antenna (door mirror) connector. 5. Replace outside key antenna (rear door LH). (New antenna or other antenna) 6. Connect outside key antenna (rear door LH) connector. 7. Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground with oscilloscope.

Con-

nec-

Item

tor

Terminal (wire color)

(+)

(-)

Condition

Signal (Reference value)

M99 Driver side

19 (P)

Request Ground switch is
pushed

OK or NG
OK >> Check condition of harness and connector. NG >> Replace malfunction outside key antenna.

SIIA1910J

A B C D E
PIIB4615E
F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-153

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA (PASSENGER SIDE)
1. CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA INPUT SIGNAL

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect outside key antenna (door mirror) connector.
3. Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground with oscilloscope.

Con-

nec-

Item

tor

Terminal (wire color)

(+)

(-)

Condition

Signal (Reference value)

M99

Passenger side

37 (LG)

Request Ground switch is
pushed

SIIA1910J
4. Disconnect outside key antenna (rear door RH) connector. 5. Connect outside key antenna (door mirror) connector. 6. Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground with oscilloscope.

Con-

nec-

Item

tor

Terminal (wire color)

(+)

(-)

Condition

Signal (Reference value)

M99

Passenger side

37 (LG)

Request Ground switch is
pushed

OK or NG
OK >> Check condition of harness and connector. NG >> GO TO 2.

SIIA1910J

PIIB4617E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-154

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

2. CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA CIRCUIT A

1. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector and outside key antenna (door mirror) connector.

2. Check continuity between each outside key antenna harness connector and Intelligent Key unit connec-

tor.

B

Item

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Continuity

C

Door mirror

1 (LG)

37 (LG)

(passenger

D32

side)

12 (B/Y)

38 (B/Y)

M99

Yes

Rear door RH

D77

1 (LG) 2 (B/Y)

37 (LG) 38 (B/Y)

D

3. Check continuity between each outside key antenna connector

E

and ground.

Item

Connector

Terminal

Continuity

Door mirror (passenger side)

D32

1 (LG) 12 (B/Y)

Ground

No

1 (LG)

Rear door RH

D77

2 (B/Y)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace harness between outside key antenna and
Intelligent Key unit.

F

G

H

PIIB4618E

BL

J

K

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-155

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

3. CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA POWER SUPPLY

1. Replace outside key antenna (door mirror). (New antenna or other antenna)
2. Connect Intelligent Key unit connector and outside key antenna (door mirror) connector.
3. Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground with oscilloscope.

Con-

nec-

Item

tor

Terminal (wire color)

(+)

(-)

Condition

Signal (Reference value)

M99

Passenger side

37 (LG)

Request Ground switch is
pushed

SIIA1910J
4. Disconnect outside key antenna (door mirror) connector. 5. Replace outside key antenna (rear door RH). (New antenna or other antenna) 6. Connect outside key antenna (rear door RH) connector. 7. Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground with oscilloscope.

Con-

nec-

Item

tor

Terminal (wire color)

(+)

(-)

Condition

Signal (Reference value)

PIIB4617E

M99

Passenger side

37 (LG)

Request Ground switch is
pushed

SIIA1910J
OK or NG OK >> Check condition of harness and connector. NG >> Replace malfunction outside key antenna.
CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA (REAR BUMPER)
1. CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground with oscilloscope.

Con-

nec-

Item

tor

Terminal (wire color)

(+)

(-)

Condition

Signal (Reference value)

M99

Rear bumper

17 (W/L)

Request Ground switch is
pushed

OK or NG
OK >> Check condition of harness and connector. NG >> GO TO 2.

SIIA1910J

Revision: 2006 August

BL-156

PIIB4619E
2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

2. CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA CIRCUIT A

1. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector and outside key antenna (rear bumper) connector.

2. Check continuity between outside key antenna (rear bumper) connector and Intelligent Key unit connec-

tor.

B

Item

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Continuity

C

Rear bumper

1 (W)

17 (W)

B38

M99

Yes

2 (B)

18 (B)

3. Check continuity between outside key antenna harness connec-

D

tor and ground.

Item

Connector

Terminal

Continuity

1 (W)

Rear bumper

B38

Ground

No

2 (B)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace harness between outside key antenna and Intelligent Key unit.

3. CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA POWER SUPPLY

E
PIIB4620E
F
G

1. Replace outside key antenna (rear bumper). (New antenna or other antenna)

2. Connect Intelligent Key unit connector and outside key antenna connector.

H

3. Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground with oscilloscope. BL

Con-

nec-

Item

tor

Terminal (wire color)

(+)

(-)

Condition

Signal (Reference value)

J

M99

Rear bumper

17 (W)

Request Ground switch is
pushed

OK or NG
OK >> Replace outside key antenna (rear bumper). NG >> Replace Intelligent Key unit.

SIIA1910J

K
PIIB4619E
L
M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-157

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Check Inside Key Antenna
1. CHECK INSIDE KEY ANTENNA POWER SUPPLY SIGNAL 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground with oscilloscope.

NIS00182

Connec- Item tor
Luggage room
Console M99
Dashboard

Terminal (Wire color)

(+)

(­)

Condition

13 (Y)

15 (L) 35 (O)

Ground

Ignition switch is pushed.

OK or NG OK >> Inside key antenna is OK. NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK INSIDE KEY ANTENNA

Signal (V) (Reference value)
SIIA1910J

PIIA6753E

1. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector and inside key antenna connectors.
2. Check continuity between inside key antenna harness connector M102 (Console), M109 (dashboard), B122 (luggage room) terminals 1, 2 and Intelligent Key unit harness connector M99 terminals 13, 14, 15, 16, 35 and 36.

Item

Connec- Terminal tor (Wire color)

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Continuity

Luggage room B122

1 (W) 2 (B)

13 (Y) 14 (BR)

Console

1 (B/W)

15 (L)

M102

M99

Yes

2 (L)

16 (B/W)

Dashboard

M109

1 (O) 2 (B/P)

35 (O) 36 (B/P)

3. Check continuity between inside key antenna harness connector M102 (Console), M109 (dash board), B122 (luggage room) terminals 1, 2 and ground.

PIIB4614E

Item

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

Continuity

Luggage room

B122

1 (W) 2 (B)

Console

1 (B/W)

M102

Ground

No

2 (L)

Dashboard

M109

1 (O) 2 (B/P)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness between inside key antenna and Intelligent Key unit.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-158

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

3. CHECK INSIDE KEY ANTENNA POWER SIGNAL 2

1. Replace inside key antenna. (New antenna or other antenna)
2. Connect Intelligent key unit connector.
3. Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground with oscilloscope.

Connec- Item tor

Terminal (Wire color)

(+)

(­)

Condition

Signal (V) (Reference value)

Luggage room
Console M99
Dashboard

13 (Y)

15 (L) 35 (O)

Ground

Ignition switch is pushed.

SIIA1910J

OK or NG
OK >> Replace inside key antenna. NG >> Replace Intelligent key unit.

Check Steering Lock Unit
1. CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect steering lock unit connector. 3. Check voltage between steering lock unit harness connector M101 terminal 1 and ground.
1 (G/Y) - Ground : Battery voltage
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace steering lock unit power supply circuit.

A B C D E
PIIA6753E
F G
NIS00183
H BL
J K L
PIIA6797E
M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-159

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

2. CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector. 2. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M99 terminals 1, 31, 32 and steering
lock unit connector M101 terminals 2, 3, 4.
1 (L/Y) - 2 (L/Y) : Continuity should exist. 31 (G/R) - 4 (G/R) : Continuity should exist. 32 (L/O) - 3 (L/O) : Continuity should exist.

3. Check continuity between steering lock unit harness connector M99 terminals 2, 3, 4 and ground.

2 (L/Y) - Ground : Continuity should not exist. 3 (L/O) - Ground : Continuity should not exist. 4 (G/R) - Ground : Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness between steering lock unit and Intelligent Key unit.
3. CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT

PIIA6799E

1. Connect intelligent key unit and steering lock unit connectors. 2. Check continuity between steering lock unit harness connector M101 terminal 4 and ground.

4 (G/R) - Ground

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace intelligent key unit.

4. CHECK STEERING LOCK COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT

Check voltage between steering lock unit connector M101 terminal 2 and ground.

2 (L/Y) - Ground

: Approx. 5V

PIIB4621E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace intelligent key unit.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-160

PIIB4622E
2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

5. CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT SIGNAL A

Immediately after pushing ignition switch, use an oscilloscope to check signal between steering lock unit connector M101 terminal 3 and ground.

B

Terminal

Connector

(Wire color)

Condition

Signal (V) (Reference value)

(+)

(­)

C

M101

3 (L/O)

Ignition Ground switch is
pushed

OK or NG
OK >> Replace steering lock unit. NG >> Replace Intelligent Key unit.
Check Stop Lamp Switch
1. CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT INPUT SIGNAL

SIIA1911J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector.
3. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M99 terminal 26 and ground.

Connector

Terminal (wire color)

(+)

(-)

Condition

Voltage (V) (Approx.)

Brake pedal Battery volt-

depressed

age

M99

26 (R/G)

Ground

Brake pedal released

0

OK or NG
OK >> Stop lamp switch is OK. NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

Check voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector E116 terminal 3 and ground.

3 (R/Y) - Ground

: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness between stop lamp switch
power supply circuit and fuse.

D

PIIB4623E

E

F
NIS00184
G
H

BL

J

PIIB4346E

K

L

M

PIIB7850E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-161

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

3. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH OPERATION

Check continuity between stop lamp switch connector E116 terminal 3 and 4.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

E116

3

Brake pedal depressed

4

Brake pedal not

depressed

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.

Continuity Yes
No

4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M99 terminal 26 and stop lamp switch harness connector E116 terminal 4.

26 (R/G) - 4 (R/G)

: Continuity should exist.

2. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M99 terminal 26 and ground.

26 (R/G) - Ground

: Continuity should not exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Check condition of harness and connector. NG >> Repair or replace harness.

Check Park Position Switch
1. CHECK PARK POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector and ground.

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

(+)

(-)

Condition

Voltage (V) (Approx.)

Selector lever is in "P" position

0

M99 39 (L/W) Ground

Other than above

Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> Park position switch circuit is OK. NG >> GO TO 2.

PIIB7851E
PIIB7852E NIS00185
PIIA6805E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-162

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

2. CHECK PARK POSITION SWITCH
1. Disconnect CVT device (detention switch) connector. 2. Check continuity between CVT device (detention switch) terminals 13 and 14.

Connector

Terminal

Condition

Continuity

Selector lever is in "P" position

No

M57

13

14

Other than above

Yes

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check CVT shift lock system. Refer to CVT-213, "CVT
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM" .

3. CHECK PARK POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check continuity between CVT device (detention switch) harness connector M57 terminal 13 and ground.
13 (R/Y) ­ Ground : Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace harness.
4. CHECK PARK POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector. 2. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector
M99 terminal 39 and CVT device (detention switch) harness connector M57 terminal 14.
39 (L/W) ­ 14 (L/W) : Continuity should exist. 3. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector
M75 terminals 39 and ground. 39 (L/W) ­ Ground : Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG OK >> Replace Intelligent Key unit. NG >> Repair or replace harness.

A

B

C

D

E
PIIB4627E
F

G H

PIIB4628E

BL

J

K

L

M

PIIB4629E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-163

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Check Select Unlock Relay
1. CHECK PASSENGER SIDE SELECT UNLOCK RELAY INPUT SIGNAL

NIS00186

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector and ground.

Connector

Terminals

(+)

(-)

Condition

Voltage (V) (Approx.)

Press door request switch M99 40 (L/R) Ground (passenger side) once
Other than above

0 Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> Passenger side select unlock relay circuit is OK. NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK PASSENGER SIDE SELECT UNLOCK RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

PIIB4352E

1. Disconnect passenger side select unlock relay. 2. Check voltage between passenger side select unlock harness connector M123 terminal 2 and ground.

2 (Y/R) ­ Ground

: Battery voltage.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace passenger side select unlock relay
power circuit.

3. CHECK PASSENGER SIDE SELECT UNLOCK RELAY

Check continuity between passenger side select unlock relay terminals 3 and 4.

Connector

Terminals

Condition

Continuity

12V direct current supply

M123

3

4 between terminals 1 and 2

Yes

Other than above

No

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4 NG >> Replace passenger side select unlock relay.

PIIB4353E PIIB4355E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-164

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

4. CHECK PASSENGER SIDE SELECT UNLOCK RELAY CIRCUIT A

1. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector.

2. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M99 terminal 40 and passenger side

select unlock relay harness connector M123 terminal 1.

B

40 (L/R) ­ 1 (L/R)

: Continuity should exist.

3. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M99 terminal 40 and ground.

C

40 (L/R) ­ Ground

: Continuity should not exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Check condition of harness and connector. NG >> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit
and passenger side select unlock relay.

Check "P-SHIFT" Warning Lamp
1. CHECK WARNING LAMP OPERATION

D
E
PIIB4354E NIS00187
F

With CONSULT-II

q Check "INDICATOR" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-

G

II.

q Select "KNOB ON".

H

"P-SHIFT" warning lamp should illuminate.

BL

Without CONSULT-II Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M99 terminal 21 and ground.

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

(+)

(-)

Condition

Within 2 seconds after

M99

21 (BR/Y)

ignition knob switch is Ground turned ON

Other than above

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.

Voltage (V) (Approx.)
0 Battery voltage

J
PIIB4356E
K L M
PIIB4357E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-165

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
2. CHECK COMBINATION METER CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector and combination meter connector. 3. Check continuity Intelligent Key unit harness connector M99 ter-
minal 21 and combination meter harness connector M25 terminal 13.
21 (BR/Y) - 13 (BR/Y) : Continuity should exist.
4. Check continuity Intelligent Key unit harness connector M99 terminal 21 and ground.
21(BR/Y) - Ground : Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit and combination meter.
3. CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT INPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect combination meter connector. 2. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector
M99 terminal 21 and ground.
21 (BR/Y) - Ground : Batter voltage
OK or NG OK >> Check condition of harness and connector. NG >> Check combination meter. Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS" .

PIIB4630E PIIB4633E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-166

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
Check "KEY" Warning Lamp (RED)
1. CHECK WARNING LAMP OPERATION
With CONSULT-II q Check "INDICATOR" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-
II. q Select "RED ON". "KEY" warning lamp (red) should illuminate.

Without CONSULT-II Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M99 terminal 9 and ground.

Connector

Terminal (Wire cooler)

(+)

(-)

Condition

When Intelligent Key is outside vehicle, press M99 9 (G/B) Ground ignition switch.

Ignition switch OFF

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK COMBINATION METER CIRCUIT

Voltage (V) (Approx.)
0 Battery voltage

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector and combination meter connector.
3. Check continuity Intelligent Key unit harness connector M99 terminal 9 and combination meter harness connector M25 terminal 7.

9 (G/B) - 7 (G/B)

: Continuity should exist.

4. Check continuity Intelligent Key unit harness connector M99 terminal 9 and ground.

9 (G/B) - Ground

: Continuity should not exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit
and combination meter.

NIS00188
A

B

C

D

E
PIIB4356E
F

G H

PIIB4359E

BL J

K

L

M

PIIB4631E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-167

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

3. CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT INPUT SIGNAL

1. Connect combination meter connector.
2. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M99 terminal 9 and ground.

9 (G/B) - Ground

: Batter voltage

OK or NG
OK >> Check condition of harness and connector. NG >> Check combination meter. Refer to DI-4, "COMBINA-
TION METERS" .

Check "KEY" Warning Lamp (GREEN)
1. CHECK WARNING LAMP OPERATION
With CONSULT-II q Check "INDICATOR" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-
II. q Select "BLUE ON". "KEY"warning lamp (green) should illuminate.

PIIB4632E NIS00189

Without CONSULT-II Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M99 terminal 8 and ground.

Connector

Terminal (Wire cooler)

(+)

(-)

Condition

When Intelligent Key is inside vehicle, press M99 8 (L/W) Ground ignition switch.

Ignition switch OFF

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.

Voltage (V) (Approx.)
0 Battery voltage

PIIB4356E PIIB4383E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-168

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

2. CHECK COMBINATION METER CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector and combination meter connector.
3. Check continuity Intelligent Key unit harness connector M99 terminal 8 and combination meter harness connector M25 terminal 8.

8 (L/W) - 8 (L/W)

: Continuity should exist.

4. Check continuity Intelligent Key unit harness connector M99 terminal 8 and ground.

8 (L/W) - Ground

: Continuity should not exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit
and combination meter.

3. CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT INPUT SIGNAL

A B C D E
PIIB4634E
F

1. Connect combination meter connector.

G

2. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector

M99 terminal 8 and ground.

8 (L/W) - Ground

: Batter voltage

H

OK or NG

OK >> Check condition of harness and connector. NG >> Check combination meter. Refer to DI-4, "COMBINA-

BL

TION METERS" .

Check Hazard Function
1. CHECK HAZARD WARNING LAMP

J
PIIB4635E
NIS0018A
K

Does hazard warning lamp flash with hazard switch?

YES or NO

L

YES >> Hazard warning lamp circuit is OK.

NO >> Check hazard circuit. Refer to LT-114, "TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS" .

Check Horn Function

M
NIS0018B

First perform the "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" in "BCM" with CONSULT-II, then perform the trouble diagnosis of malfunction system indicated "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" of "BCM". Refer to BCS-13, "CAN Communication Inspection Using CONSULT-II (Self-Diagnosis)" .
1. CHECK HORN FUNCTION

Does horn sound with horn switch?
YES or NO
YES >> Horn circuit is OK. NO >> Check horn circuit. Refer to WW-56, "HORN" .

Revision: 2006 August

BL-169

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
Check IPDM E/R Operation
1. CHECK IPDM E/R INPUT SIGNAL
Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector E9 terminal 51 and ground. 51 (G/O) ­ Ground : Battery voltage
OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. NG >> GO TO 2.

NIS0018C

2. CHECK IPDM E/R CIRCUIT

PIIA6403E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R and horn relay connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E9 terminal 51 and horn relay harness connector E11 terminal 1.

51 (G/O) ­ 1 (G/O)

: Continuity should exist.

4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E9 terminal 51 and ground.

51 (G/O) ­ Ground

: Continuity should not exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Check harness connection. NG >> Repair or replace harness.

PIIB4957E

Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit

NIS0018D

REMOVAL

1. Remove the instrument passenger lower panel assembly. Refer to IP-11, "Removal and Installation" .

2. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector, remove nut (A) and Intelligent Key unit (1).

INSTALLATION Installation is the reverse order of removal.

PIIB8707E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-170

2006 Murano

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM Intelligent Key Battery Replacement

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY INSPECTION

Check by connecting a resistance (approximately 300) so that the current value becomes about 10 mA.

Standard

: Approx. 2.5 - 3.0V

NIS0018E
A

B

C

D

E

F

G H

PIIB5065E

BL

J

K L

OCC0607D

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-171

2006 Murano

DOOR Fitting Adjustment

DOOR

PFP:80100
NIS0018F

1. Front fender

2. Front door outer

3. Rear door outer

PIIA3914E

FRONT DOOR Longitudinal Clearance and Surface Height Adjustment at Front End 1. Loosen the hinge mounting bolts. Raise the front door at rear end to adjust.

REAR DOOR
Longitudinal Clearance and Surface Height Adjustment at Front End 1. Remove the center pillar upper garnish and center pillar lower garnish. Refer to EI-32, "BODY SIDE
TRIM" .
2. Accessing from inside the vehicle, loosen the mounting nuts. Open the rear door, and raise the rear door at rear end to adjust.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-172

2006 Murano

DOOR

STRIKER ADJUSTMENT

1. Adjust the striker so that it becomes parallel with the lock inser-

A

tion direction.

B

C

D
SIIA0338E

Removal and Installation of Front Door

NIS0018G

CAUTION:

E

q When removing and installing the front door assembly, support the door with a jack and cloth to

protect the door and body.

q Operate with two workers, because of its heavy weight.

F

q When removing and installing front door assembly, be sure to carry out the fitting adjustment

Refer to BL-172, "Fitting Adjustment" .

q Check the hinge rotating part for poor lubrication. If necessary, apply "body grease".

G

q After installing, check operation.

REMOVAL

1. Pull the lever and remove the front door harness connector

H

while removing tabs of door harness connector.

BL

J

2. Remove the mounting bolts of the check link on the vehicle.

K
PIIA2514E
L

M

PIIA2515E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-173

2006 Murano

DOOR
3. Remove the door-side hinge mounting nuts, and remove the door assembly.

PIIA3925E

INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal.

Removal and Installation of Rear Door

NIS0018H

CAUTION: q When removing and installing the rear door assembly, support the door with a jack and cloth to
protect the door and body.
q Operate with two workers, because of its heavy weight.
q When removing and installing rear door assembly, be sure to carry out the fitting adjustment Refer to BL-172, "Fitting Adjustment" .
q Check the hinge rotating part for poor lubrication. If necessary, apply "body grease".
q After installing, check operation.

REMOVEL 1. Pull out grommet, and detach rear door harness connector.

2. Remove the mounting bolts of the check link on the vehicle.

PIIA2787E

PIIA2788E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-174

2006 Murano

DOOR

3. Remove the door-side hinge mounting nuts, and remove the

door assembly.

A

B

INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of assembly.
Door Weatherstrip

C
PIIA4412E
D

NIS0018I

E

F

G

H

BL

J

1. Weatherstrip

PIIA3923E

K

REMOVAL

L

1. Remove the mounting bolts of the check link on the vehicle. Refer to BL-173, "Removal and Installation of

Front Door" or BL-174, "Removal and Installation of Rear Door" .

2. Remove the weatherstrip clips and remove weatherstrip.

M

INSTALLATION

Install in the reverse order of assembly.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-175

2006 Murano

FRONT DOOR LOCK Component Structure

FRONT DOOR LOCK

PFP:80502
NIS0018J

1. Front gasket

2. Outside handle

4. Rear gasket 7. Key cylinder rod (Driver side only) 10. Inside handle knob cable

5. Outside handle bracket 8. Outside handle cable 11. Lock knob cable

PIIB4829E
3. Door key cylinder assembly (Driver side) Outside handle escutcheon (Passenger side)
6. Grommet
9. Door lock assembly
12. Inside handle

Removal and Installation
REMOVAL
1. Remove the front door finisher. Refer toEI-30, "DOOR FINISHER" .
2. Disconnect the inside handle knob cable and lock knob cable from the back side of the front door finisher.

NIS0018K

PIIA4014E
3. Remove the front door window and front door module assembly. Refer toGW-67, "FRONT DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR" .
4. Remove door side grommet, and remove door key cylinder assembly (driver side) and outside handle escutcheon (passenger side) bolts (TORX T30) from grommet hole. CAUTION: Do not forcibly remove the TORX bolts (T30).

Revision: 2006 August

BL-176

PIIA3553E
2006 Murano

FRONT DOOR LOCK
5. Reach to separate the key cylinder rod connection (on the handle). 6. Disconnect door key cylinder switch harness connector. 7. While pulling the outside handle, remove door key cylinder
assembly.
8. Disconnect front door request switch harness connector (wiht Intelligent Key system). 9. While pulling outside handle, slide toward rear of vehicle to
remove outside handle.
10. Remove the front gasket and rear gasket.
11. Remove the TORX bolts (T30), remove the door lock assembly.

A

B

C

D
PIIA3554E
E

F

G

PIIA3555E

H BL

J

K L
PIIA3557E
M

PIIA1090E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-177

2006 Murano

FRONT DOOR LOCK
12. Remove the TORX bolt (T30) of the outside handle bracket.

13. While pulling outside handle bracket, slide toward rear of vehicle to remove outside handle bracket.

PIIB5076E

14. Disconnect the door lock actuator connector and remove the door lock assembly. 15. Reach to separate the outside handle cable connection.

PIIA3558E

INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION: To install each rod, be sure to rotate the rod holder until a click is felt.

PIIA5059E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-178

2006 Murano

REAR DOOR LOCK Component Structure

REAR DOOR LOCK

PFP:82502
A
NIS0018L
B

C

D

E

F

1. Front gasket 4. Rear gasket 7. Outside handle cable 10. Lock knob cable

2. Outside handle

3.

5. Outside handle bracket

6.

8. Door lock assembly

9.

11. Inside handle

Removal and Installation
REMOVAL
1. Remove the rear door finisher. Refer toEI-30, "DOOR FINISHER" .
2. Disconnect the inside handle knob cable and lock knob cable from the back side of the rear door finisher.

G
PIIB4830E

Outside handle escutcheon

Grommet

H

Inside handle knob cable

BL
NIS0018M

J

K

L

M
PIIA4014E
3. Remove the rear door sash. Refer toGW-70, "REAR DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR" . 4. Remove the rear door window and rear door screen assembly. Refer toGW-70, "REAR DOOR GLASS
AND REGULATOR" . 5. Remove door side grommet, and remove outside handle escutcheon bolt (TORX T30) from grommet
hole.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-179

2006 Murano

REAR DOOR LOCK
CAUTION: Do not forcibly remove the TORX bolts (T30).
6. While pulling the outside handle, remove outside handle escutcheon.
7. While pulling outside handle, slide toward rear of vehicle to remove outside handle.
8. Remove the front gasket and rear gasket.

PIIA3553E PIIA6344E PIIA3555E PIIA3557E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-180

2006 Murano

REAR DOOR LOCK
9. Remove the TORX bolts (T30), remove the door lock assembly.
10. Remove the TORX bolt (T30), and remove the outside handle bracket.
11. While pulling outside handle, slide toward rear of vehicle to remove outside handle.
12. Disconnect the door lock actuator connector and remove the door lock assembly. 13. Reach to separate outside handle cable connection.
INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: To install each rod, be sure to rotate the rod holder until a click is felt.

A

B

C
PIIA1090E
D

E

F

G
PIIB5076E
H

BL

J

PIIA3558E

K

L

M

PIIA5059E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-181

2006 Murano

BACK DOOR Fitting Adjustment

BACK DOOR

PFP:90100
NIS0018N

1. Bumper rubber (upper) 4. Screw

2. Bumper rubber (lower)

3. Back door striker

PIIA3915E

VERTICAL/LATERAL CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT 1. Loosen the back door striker mounting screw, and close the back door lightly.
2. Adjust the surface height with the bumper rubber (upper/lower).
NOTE: q Rotate the bumper rubber (upper) to adjust the height.
q Rotate the TORX (T20) bolt of the bumper rubber (lower) to adjust the height.
3. After adjusting the surface hight, open the door and tighten the back door striker mounting screw and bumper rubber (upper) lock nuts to the specified torque.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-182

2006 Murano

BACK DOOR

Back Door Assembly
REMOVAL

NIS0018O
A

CAUTION:

Before servicing SRS, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect both battery cables and wait at least 3 min-

utes.

B

1. Remove the headlining. Refer to EI-35, "Removal and Installation" .

2. Disconnect the back door harness connector. C

D

3. Remove the high mount stop lamp cover.
4. Washer hose is separated in the connection part.
5. Remove the viral tape which tight the back door harness and SRS curtain air bag harness.
6. Support the back door lock with a proper material to prevent it from falling.
WARNING: Body injury may occur if no supporting rod is holding the back door open when removing the back door stay.

E
PIIA3916E
F
G
H
BL

7. Remove back door stay on back door.

J
PIIA4013E
K

L

M

8. Remove hinge mounting bolts on the back door and remove back door assembly.
CAUTION: Do not loosen hinge mounting bolt A and D.

PIIA3917E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-183

PIIA3918E
2006 Murano

BACK DOOR
INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: q Operate with two workers, because of its heavy weight. q After installing, check operation. q After installing, perform fitting adjustment Refer to BL-182, "Fitting Adjustment" .
INSPECTION 1. Check hinges for the following items.
q Malfunction noise or door closing and opening effort q Component wear or damage 2. Apply Grease to the rotating part of the hinge.

Removal and Installation of Back Door Striker
REMOVAL 1. Remove luggage finisher lower. Refer to EI-37, "Removal and
Installation" .
2. Remove mounting screws, and remove striker from the vehicle.

PIIA3918E NIS0018P

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION: After installing, perform fitting adjustment.
Removal and Installation of Back Door Stay
REMOVAL 1. Support the back door lock with a proper material to prevent it
from falling.
WARNING: Body injury may occur if no supporting rod is holding the back door open when removing the back door stay.

PIIA3920E NIS0018Q
PIIA4013E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-184

2006 Murano

BACK DOOR
2. Remove back door stay on back door.
3. Remove back door stay assembly bracket adjusting nuts and remove back door stay assembly.
INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: After installing, check operation.
Removal and Installation of Back Door Weatherstrip

A
B
C
PIIA3917E
D
E
F
G
PIIA3919E
H
BL
NIS0018R
J
K
L
M

1. Weatherstrip mark

2. Weatherstrip

PIIB2269J

REMOVAL Pull up and remove engagement with body from wetherstrip joint.
CAUTION: After removal, do not pull strongly on the wetherstrip.

INSTALLATION 1. Working from the upper section, align weatherstrip mark with vehicle center position mark and install
weatherstrip onto the vehicle.
2. For the lower section, align the weatherstrip seam with center of the striker.
3. After installation, pull the weatherstrip gently to ensure that there is no loose section.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-185

2006 Murano

BACK DOOR

NOTE: Make sure the weatherstrip is fit tightly at each corner and back door rear plate.

Emergency Unlock Lever

NIS0018S

NOTE: If the back door cannot be opened with the back door lock opener switch or remote controller to a discharged battery, follow the next steps.

1. Remove back door finisher cover. 2. Move the emergency unlock lever to open the back door.

PIIB4832E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-186

2006 Murano

BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY
BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY Removal and Installation of Back Door Lock
REMOVAL 1. Remove back door finisher. Refer to EI-39, "Removal and Installation" . 2. Disconnect back door lock assembly connector. 3. Remove the mounting bolts.

PFP:90504
A
NIS0018T
B
C

D

E

4. Remove the mounting bolts, remove back door lock assembly.
INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: q After installing, check operation. q After installing, perform fitting adjustment. Refer to BL-182, "Fitting Adjustment" .
INSPECTION 1. Check back door lock for the following items.
q Malfunction noise or back door closing and opening effort q Component wear or damage 2. Apply body grease to the rotating part of the back door lock.

PIIB4833E

F

G

H

BL

J

K

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-187

2006 Murano

BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation of Back Door Opener Switch
REMOVAL 1. Remove back door finisher. Refer to EI-39, "Removal and Installation" . 2. Remove license plate lamp assembly. Refer toLT-180, "LICENSE PLATE LAMP" 3. Disconnect back door opener switch harness connector. 4. Remove back door opener switch by pushing pawls with screwdriver.

NIS0018U

INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION: q After installing, check operation.

PIIB4831E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-188

2006 Murano

BACK DOOR OPENER
BACK DOOR OPENER Component Parts and Harness Connector Location

PFP:90550
A
NIS0018V
B C D E F G H BL J K L M

System Description / Without Intelligent Key
Power is supplied at all times q through 50A fusible link (letter F, located in the fuse and fusible link box) q to BCM terminal 55,

Revision: 2006 August

BL-189

PIIB7800E NIS0018W
2006 Murano

BACK DOOR OPENER

q through 10A fuse [No.18, located in the fuse block (J/B)] q to BCM terminal 42 q through 10A fuse [No.35, located in the fuse block (J/B)] q to back door opener relay terminal 3. Ground is supplied q to BCM terminal 52 q through body grounds M14 and M78. When back door opener switch is ON (pushed) with passenger side door unlocked Ground is supplied q to BCM terminal 30 q through front door lock assembly (passenger side) terminals 1and 6 q through back door opener switch terminals 1and 2 q through body grounds B7 and B20. Power is supplied q through BCM terminal 68 q to back door opener relay terminal 1 Ground is supplied q to back door opener relay terminal 2 q through body grounds B7 and B20. When back door opener relay is turned ON, And power is supplied q to back door opener relay terminal 5 q through back door lock assembly (back door opener actuator) terminals 1 and 2 q through body grounds B7 and B20. Then back door lock assembly opens back door.
System Description / With Intelligent Key

Power is supplied at all times q through 50A fusible link (letter F, located in the fuse and fusible link box) q to BCM terminal 55, q through 10A fuse [No.18, located in the fuse block (J/B)] q to BCM terminal 42 q through 10A fuse [No.35, located in the fuse block (J/B)] q to back door opener relay terminal 3. q through 10A fuse [No.22, located in the fuse block (J/B)] q to Intelligent Key unit terminal 11. Ground is supplied q to BCM terminal 52 q through body grounds M14 and M78. q to Intelligent Key unit terminal 12 q through body grounds M14 and M78. When back door opener switch is ON (pushed) with passenger side door unlocked Ground is supplied q to Intelligent Key unit terminal 24 q through back door opener switch terminals 1and 2 q through body grounds B7 and B20. Ground is supplied q to back door opener relay terminal 2 q through Intelligent Key unit terminal 23. When back door opener relay is turned ON,

Revision: 2006 August

BL-190

NIS0018X
2006 Murano

BACK DOOR OPENER

And power is supplied

q to back door opener relay terminal 5

A

q through back door lock assembly (back door opener actuator) terminals 1 and 2

q through body grounds B7 and B20.

Then back door lock assembly (back door opener actuator) opens back door.

B

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION

Refer to BL-92, "System Description"

C

D

E

F

G

H

BL

J

K

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-191

2006 Murano

BACK DOOR OPENER

Schematic / With Intelligent Key

NIS0018Y

Revision: 2006 August

BL-192

TIWB0292E
2006 Murano

BACK DOOR OPENER Wiring Diagram --B/DOOR-- / With Intelligent Key

NIS0018Z
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-193

TIWB0162E
2006 Murano

BACK DOOR OPENER

Revision: 2006 August

BL-194

TIWB0783E
2006 Murano

BACK DOOR OPENER
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-195

TIWB0784E
2006 Murano

BACK DOOR OPENER

Wiring Diagram --B/DOOR-- / Without Intelligent Key

NIS00190

Revision: 2006 August

BL-196

TIWB0785E
2006 Murano

BACK DOOR OPENER
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-197

TIWB0786E
2006 Murano

BACK DOOR OPENER

Terminals and Reference Value for BCM

NIS00191

TERMI- WIRE NAL COLOR

ITEM

Signal input/output

CONDITION

30

G

Back door opener switch

Input

Back door opener switch

: ON : OFF

39*1

L CAN-H

Input/output

--

40*1

Y CAN-L

Input/output

--

42

GR Power source (Fuse)

Input

--

Driver door lock actua-

44*1

G/W tor and fuel lid opener

Output

actuator (Unlock)

Door lock and unlock switch (Free  Unlock)

50*1

V

All door lock actuators (lock)

Output

Door lock and unlock switch (Free  Lock)

Passenger and rear

51*1

G/Y doors lock actuator

(unlock)

Output

Door lock and unlock switch (Free  Unlock)

52

B Ground

--

--

55

W/B

Power source (Fusible link)

Input

--

68*2

G/L

Back door opener output signal

Output

Back door opener switch is ON

*1 : With Intelligent Key *2 : Without Intelligent Key

Terminals and Reference Value for INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT

VOLTAGE (V) (Approx.) 0 5 -- --
Battery voltage 0  Battery voltage  0
0  Battery voltage  0
0  Battery voltage  0 0
Battery voltage 0  Battery voltage  0
NIS00192

Terminal No.

Wire color

Item

2

L CAN-H

3

Y CAN-L

11 G/Y Power source (Fuse) 12 B Ground

23

G/L

Back door opener relay output

24 G/O Back door opener switch

29

G/W

Back door request switch

Signal input/out-
put Input/out-
put Input/out-
put Input
--
Input
Input
Input

Ignition knob position -- -- -- -- --
--
--

Condition
Operation or conditions
--
--
-- -- Press back door opener switch. Other than above. Press back door opener switch Other than above. Back door request switch operation: Press (ON) Other than the above (OFF)

Voltage (V) (Approx.)
--
-- Battery voltage
0 0 Battery voltage 0 Battery voltage 0 5

Revision: 2006 August

BL-198

2006 Murano

BACK DOOR OPENER

Trouble Diagnosis

NIS00193

BACK DOOR DOSE NOT OPEN WITH BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH / WITHOUT INTELLI-

A

GENT KEY SYSTEM

1. CHECK PASSENGER SIDE DOOR CONDITION B

Check passenger side door condition.

Is the passenger side door unlock?

Yes >> GO TO 2.

C

No >> Unlock does the passenger side door.

2. CHECK BACK DOOR OPEN INPUT SIGNAL

D

Check voltage between BCM connector and ground.

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

(+)

(­)

M34

30 (G) Ground

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 7.

Condition

Back door

: ON

opener switch : OFF

Voltage [V] (Approx.)
0 5

3. CHECK BACK DOOR OPEN OUTPUT SIGNAL

E

F

G

PIIB7857E

H

Check voltage between BCM connector and ground.

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

(+)

(­)

Condition

M36

68 (G/L)

Ground

Back door opener switch

: ON :OFF

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace BCM.

Voltage [V] (Approx.)
Battery voltage 0

4. CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER RELAY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM and back door opener relay connector. 3. Check continuity between BCM connector M36 terminal 68 and
back door opener relay connector B36 terminal 1.

68 (G/L) - 1 (G/L)

: Continuity should exist.

4. Check continuity between BCM connector M36 terminal 68 and ground.

68 (G/L) - Ground

: Continuity should not exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

BL J K L
PIIA9335E
M
PIIB4868E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-199

2006 Murano

BACK DOOR OPENER

5. CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER RELAY

Check continuity between back door opener relay terminal 3 and 5.

Terminals

Condition

12V direct current sup-

3

5

ply between 1 and 2

Other than above

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace back door opener relay.

Continuity Yes No

6. CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT

Check continuity between back door opener relay connector E36 terminals 2 and ground.

2 (B) - Ground

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Repair or replace harness.

7. CHECK FRONT DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY (PASSENGER SIDE) CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM and front door lock assembly (passenger side) connector.
3. Check continuity between BCM connector M34 terminal 30 and front door lock assembly (passenger side) connector D37 terminals 1.

30 (G) - 1 (G)

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace harness.

PIIA2636E PIIB4869E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-200

PIIB7784E
2006 Murano

BACK DOOR OPENER

8. CHECK FRONT DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY (PASSENGER SIDE)

Check continuity between front door lock assembly (passenger side) terminal 1 and 6.

Terminals

Condition

Continuity

1

6

Passenger side : Lock

door lock

: Unlock

Yes No

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace front door lock assembly (passenger side).

9. CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect back door opener switch connector. 2. Check continuity between front door lock assembly (passenger
side) connector D38 terminal 6 and back door opener switch connector D110 terminal 1.
6 (G/W) - 1 (G/O) : Continuity should exist.
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

10. CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH

Check continuity between back door opener switch terminal 1 and 2.

Terminals

Condition

1

2

Back door opener : ON

switch

: OFF

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Replace back door opener switch.

Continuity Yes No

11. CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT

Check continuity between back door opener switch connector D110 terminals 2 and ground.

2 (B) - Ground

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Check the condition of harness and connector. NG >> Repair or replace harness.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-201

A

B

C

D
PIIB7785E
E

F

G H

PIIB7786E

BL

J

K L

M
PIIB4873E

PIIB4874E
2006 Murano

BACK DOOR OPENER
12. CHECK FUSE
Check 10A fuse [No.35 located in the fuse block (J/B)] NOTE: Refer to BL-189, "Component Parts and Harness Connector Location" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
13. CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Remove back door opener relay. 2. Check voltage between back door opener relay connector B36
terminal 3 and ground.
3 (GR) - Ground : Battery voltage
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> Repair or replace back door opener relay power supply circuit.

14. CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER ACTUATOR CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect back door lock assembly connector.
2. Check continuity between back door relay connector B36 terminal 5 and back door lock assembly connector D111 terminal 1.

5 (G/R) - 1 (G/R)

: Continuity should exist.

3. Check continuity between back door relay connector B36 terminal 5 and ground.

5 (G/R) - Ground

: Continuity should not exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Repair or replace harness.

15. CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER ACTUATOR GROUND CIRCUIT

Check continuity between back door lock assembly connector D111 terminals 2 and ground.

2 (B) - Ground

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> Repair or replace harness.

PIIB4875E PIIB4876E

PIIB4877E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-202

2006 Murano

BACK DOOR OPENER

16. CHECK BACK LOCK OPERATE SIGNAL A

1. Connect back door lock actuator connector and back door opener relay.

2. Check voltage between back door lock assembly connector and ground.

B

Terminal

Connector

(Wire color)

Condition

Voltage [V] (Approx.)

(+)

(­)

C

Back door : ON

0  Battery voltage  0

D111 1 (G/R) Ground opener

switch

: OFF

5

D

OK or NG

OK >> Replace back door lock assembly. NG >> Check the condition of the harness and the connector.

PIIB4878E

E

BACK DOOR DOSE NOT OPEN WITH BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH / WITH INTELLIGENT

KEY SYSTEM

1. CHECK BACK DOOR CONDITION

F

Check back door condition. G
Is the back door unlock?

Yes >> GO TO 2.

No >> Unlock does the back door.

H

2. CHECK BACK DOOR OPEN INPUT SIGNAL

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

BL

2. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground.

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

(+)

(­)

M99

29 (G/W) Ground

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 6.

Condition

Back door

: ON

opener switch : OFF

Voltage [V] (Approx.)
0 5

3. CHECK BACK DOOR OPEN OUTPUT SIGNAL

Check voltage between Intelligent Key connector and ground.

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

(+)

(­)

Condition

M99

23 (G/L)

Ground

Back door opener switch

: ON :OFF

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace Intelligent Key.

Voltage [V] (Approx.)
Battery voltage 0

J K L
PIIB4879E
M
PIIB4880E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-203

2006 Murano

BACK DOOR OPENER

4. CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER RELAY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit and back door opener relay connector.
2. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector M99 terminal 23 and back door opener relay connector B36 terminal 2.

23 (G/L) - 2 (G/L)

: Continuity should exist.

3. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector M99 terminal 23 and ground.

23 (G/L) - Ground

: Continuity should not exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

5. CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER RELAY

Check continuity between back door opener relay terminal 3 and 5.

Terminals

Condition

12V direct current sup-

3

5

ply between 1 and 2

Other than above

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace back door opener relay.

Continuity Yes No

6. CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit and back door opener switch connector. 2. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector M99 ter-
minal 24 and back door opener switch connector D110 terminal 1.
24 (G/O) - 1 (G/O) : Continuity should exist.
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair harness or connector.

7. CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH

Check continuity between back door opener switch terminal 1 and 2.

Terminals

Condition

1

2

Back door opener : ON

switch

: OFF

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace back door opener switch.

Continuity Yes No

Revision: 2006 August

BL-204

PIIB4881E PIIA2636E
PIIB4882E
PIIB4873E
2006 Murano

BACK DOOR OPENER

8. CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT A

Check continuity between back door opener switch connector D110 terminals 2 and ground.

2 (B) - Ground

: Continuity should exist.

B

OK or NG

OK >> Check the condition of harness and connector. NG >> Repair or replace harness.

C

9. CHECK FUSE
Check 10A fuse [No.35 located in the fuse block (J/B)] NOTE: Refer to BL-189, "Component Parts and Harness Connector Location" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
10. CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Remove back door opener relay. 2. Check voltage between back door opener relay connector B36
terminal 1, 3 and ground.
1 (GR) - Ground : Battery voltage 3 (GR) - Ground : Battery voltage
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Repair or replace back door opener relay power supply circuit.

11. CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER ACTUATOR CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect back door lock assembly connector.
2. Check continuity between back door relay connector B36 terminal 5 and back door lock assembly connector D111 terminal 1.

5 (G/R) - 1 (G/R)

: Continuity should exist.

3. Check continuity between back door relay connector B36 terminal 5 and ground.

5 (G/R) - Ground

: Continuity should not exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Repair or replace harness.

D
PIIB4874E
E F G H BL J K
PIIB4883E
L M
PIIB4876E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-205

2006 Murano

BACK DOOR OPENER

12. CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER ACTUATOR GROUND CIRCUIT

Check continuity between back door lock assembly connector D111 terminals 2 and ground.

2 (B) - Ground

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Repair or replace harness.

13. CHECK BACK LOCK OPERATE SIGNAL

1. Connect back door lock actuator connector and back door opener relay. 2. Check voltage between back door lock assembly connector and ground.

Connector

Terminal (Wire color)

(+)

(­)

Condition

Voltage [V] (Approx.)

D111

1 (G/R)

Back door Ground opener
switch

: ON : OFF

0  Battery voltage  0 5

OK or NG
OK >> Replace back door lock assembly. NG >> Check the condition of the harness and the connector.

BACK DOOR DOSE NOT OPEN WITH BACK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH Refer to BL-124, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure"

PIIB4877E PIIB4878E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-206

2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM Component Parts and Harness Connector Location

PFP:28491
A
NIS00194
B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-207

PIIB4527E
2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
PIIB8712E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-208

2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
System Description
DESCRIPTION Operation Flow

NIS00195
A
B

C

D

E

F

G
PIIA1367E

Setting the Vehicle Security System

Initial condition

H

q Ignition switch is in OFF position.

Disarmed phase BL
q When doors or back door is open, the vehicle security system is set in the disarmed phase on the assumption that the owner is inside or near the vehicle.

q When the vehicle security system is in the disarmed phase, the security indicator lamp blinks every 2.4

seconds.

J

Pre-armed phase and armed phase

When the following operation 1 or 2 is performed, the vehicle security system turns into the "pre-armed"

phase. (The security indicator lamp illuminates.)

K

1. BCM receives LOCK signal from front door key cylinder switch or key fob after, back door and all doors

are closed.

2. Back door and all doors are closed after front doors are locked by key or door lock and unlock switch.

L

The security indicator lamp illuminates for 30 seconds. Then, the system automatically shifts into the

"armed" phase.

Canceling the Set Vehicle Security System

M

When one of the following operations is performed, the armed phase is canceled.

1. Unlock the doors with the key or the key fob.

2. Turn ignition switch "ON" or "ACC" position.

Canceling the Alarm Operation of the Vehicle Security System When unlocking the door with the key or key fob the alarm operation is canceled.

Activating the Alarm Operation of the Vehicle Security System
Make sure the system is in the armed phase. (The security indicator lamp blinks every 2.4 seconds.) When the following operation 1 or 2 is performed, the system sounds the horns and flashes the headlamps for about 50 seconds.
1. Back door or any door is opened during armed phase.
2. Disconnecting and connecting the battery connector before canceling armed phase.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-209

2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND Power is supplied at all times q through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in the fuse block (J/B)] q to combination meter (security indicator lamp) terminal 21. Power is supplied at all times q through 50A fusible link (letter F , located in the fuse and fusible link box) q to BCM terminal 55. q through 10A fuse [No. 18, located in the fuse block (J/B)] q to BCM terminal 42 When ignition switch is ACC or ON position, power is supplied q through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)] q to BCM terminal 11. Ground is supplied q to BCM terminal 52 q through body grounds E13, E26 and M28.
INITIAL CONDITION TO ACTIVATE THE SYSTEM The operation of the vehicle security system is controlled by the doors and back door. To activate the vehicle security system, BCM must receive signals indicating the doors and back door are closed and the doors are locked by key fob. When a door is open, BCM terminals 12, 13, 62 or 63 receives a ground signal from each door switch. When front door LH is unlocked by power window main switch (door lock and unlock switch), BCM terminal 22 receives a signal from terminal 14 of power window main switch. When front door RH is unlocked by power window switch (passenger side) (door lock and unlock switch), BCM terminal 22 receives a signal from terminal 16 of front power window switch (passenger side). When front key cylinder switch is in UNLOCK position, ground is supplied q to power window main switch terminal 6 q through front key cylinder terminals 6 and 5 (without Intelligent Key) q through door key cylinder switch terminals 3 and 2 (with Intelligent Key) q through body grounds M14 and M78. Then power window main switch send unlock signal to BCM. When the back door is open, BCM terminal 58 receives a ground signal q through back door lock assembly terminal 3 and 4 q through body grounds B7 and B20.
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM ALARM OPERATION The vehicle security system is triggered by q opening a door q opening the back door q detection of battery disconnect and connect. The vehicle security system will be triggered once the system is in armed phase, When BCM receives a ground signal at terminals 12, 13, 62 and 63 receives a signal from each door switch, 58 (back door switch). Power is supplied at all times q to horn relay terminal 2 q through 15A fuse (No. 32, located in the fuse and fusible link box). When the vehicle security system is triggered, ground is supplied intermittently to both headlamp relay and horn relay. When headlamp high relay (with built-in IPDM E/R) and horn relay are energized and then power is supplied to headlamps (LH and RH) and horns (HIGH and LOW). The headlamps flash and the horn sounds intermittently. The alarm automatically turns off after 50 seconds, but will reactivate if the vehicle is tampered with again.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-210

2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM DEACTIVATION To deactivate the vehicle security system, a door or the back door must be unlocked with the key or key fob. A When the key is used to unlock a door, BCM terminal 22 receives signal
q from terminal 14 of the power window main switch (door lock and unlock switch). When the BCM receives either one of these signals or unlock signal from key fob or key cylinder switch, the B vehicle security system is deactivated. (Disarmed phase)

PANIC ALARM OPERATION
C Remote control entry system may or may not operate vehicle security system (horn and headlamps) as

required.

When the remote control entry system is triggered, ground is supplied intermittently to both headlamp relay

and horn relay.

D

When headlamp relay (with built-in IPDM E/R) and horn relay are energized and then power is supplied to

headlamps (LH and RH) and horns (HIGH and LOW).

The headlamp flashes and the horn sounds intermittently.

E

The alarm automatically turns off after 30 seconds or when BCM receives any signal from key fob.

CAN Communication System Description

NIS00196

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- F

tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-

tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other

control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 G

communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.

Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

CAN Communication Unit

H
NIS00197

Refer to LAN-25, "CAN COMMUNICATION" .

BL

J

K

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-211

2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM

Schematic / With Intelligent Key

NIS00198

Revision: 2006 August

BL-212

TIWB0166E
2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM Wiring Diagram -VEHSEC- / With Intelligent Key

NIS00199
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-213

TIWB0787E
2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM

Revision: 2006 August

BL-214

TIWB0788E
2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-215

TIWB0169E
2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM

Revision: 2006 August

BL-216

TIWB0170E
2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-217

TIWB0789E
2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM

Schematic / Without Intelligent Key

NIS0019A

Revision: 2006 August

BL-218

TIWB0285E
2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM Wiring Diagram -VEHSEC- / Without Intelligent Key

NIS0019B
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-219

TIWB0790E
2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM

Revision: 2006 August

BL-220

TIWB0287E
2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-221

TIWB0288E
2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM

Revision: 2006 August

BL-222

TIWB0289E
2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-223

TIWB0791E
2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM

Terminals and Reference Value for BCM

TERMINAL 11 12
13

WIRE COLOR

ITEM

P/B
R R/G*
R/Y R/W*

Ignition switch (ACC) Door switch (Passenger side)
Rear door switch RH

Signal input/ output Input
Input
Input

CONDITION
Ignition switch (ACC position) ON (Door is opened)  OFF (Door is closed) ON (Door is opened)  OFF (Door is closed)

NIS0019C
VOLTAGE [V] (Approx.)
Battery voltage 0  Battery voltage
0  Battery voltage

22

BR/W

Power window switch (Serial link)

--

Ignition switch (ON or power window timer operating)

Combination meter

23

G/O (security indicator

Output

Goes off  Illuminates

lamp)

39

L

CAN-H

Input/ output

--

40

Y

CAN-L

Input/ output

--

52

B

Ground

--

--

55

W/B

Power source (Fusible link)

Input

--

58

V/W Back door switch

Input

ON (Door is opened)  OFF (Door is closed)

62

SB

Door switch (Driver side)

Input

ON (Door is opened)  OFF (Door is closed)

63

R/W Rear door switch LH

Input

ON (Door is opened)  OFF (Door is closed)

* : with Intelligent Key

Terminals and Reference Value for IPDM E/R

TERMINAL
38
48

WIRE COLOR

ITEM

B

Ground

L

CAN-H

49

Y

CAN-L

51

G/O Horn relay

60

B

Ground

Signal input/out-
put
--
Input/output
Input/output
Output
--

CONDITION
-- --
-- ON  OFF
--

PIIA2344J
Battery voltage  0
-- -- 0 Battery voltage 0  Battery voltage 0  Battery voltage 0  Battery voltage

VOLTAGE [V] (Approx.) 0 --
-- 0  Battery voltage
0

NIS0019D

Revision: 2006 August

BL-224

2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM

CONSULT-II Function
CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE

NIS0019E
A

CAUTION:

If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be

detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.

B

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data

link connector.

C

D

3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Touch "START" (NISSAN BASED VHCL).

E
PIIA1095E
F
G

H

5. Touch "BCM". If "BCM" is not indicated, go to GI-39, "CONSULT-II Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .

BCIA0029E

BL

J

K

L

6. Touch "THEFT ALM".

BCIA0030E

M

7. Select diagnosis mode. Revision: 2006 August

BL-225

PIIA9936E
2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
"WORK SUPPORT", "DATA MONITOR" and "ACTIVE TEST" are avail able.

CONSULT-II APPLICATION ITEM Work Support

BCIA0031E

Test Item SECURITY ALARM SET
THEFT ALM TRG

Description
This mode is able to confirm and change security alarm ON-OFF setting.
The switch which triggered vehicle security alarm is recorded. This mode is able to confirm and erase the record of vehicle security alarm. The trigger data can be erased by touching "CLEAR" on CONSULT-II screen.

Data Monitor

Monitored Item IGN ON SW ACC ON SW KEY ON SW KEYLESS LOCK KEYLESS UNLOCK KEYLESS TRUNK TRUNK OPNR SW TRUNK CYL SW TRUNK OPN MNTR HOOD SW DOOR SW-DR DOOR SW-AS DOOR SW-RR DOOR SW-RL BACK DOOR SW KEY CYL LK-SW KEY CYL UN-SW CDL LOCK SW CDL UNLOCK SW

Description Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch in ACC position. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of key switch. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from key fob. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from key fob. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk opener signal from key fob. This is displayed even when it is not equipped. This is displayed even when it is not equipped. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk room lamp switch. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of hood switch. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch LH. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch RH. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch RH. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch LH. This is displayed even when it is not equipped. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from front door key cylinder switch. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from front door key cylinder switch. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from door lock/unlock switch LH and RH. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from door lock/unlock switch LH and RH.

Active Test

Test Item THEFT IND VEHICLE SECURITY HORN HEADLAMP(HI)

Description
This test is able to check security indicator lamp operation. The lamp will be turned on when "ON" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
This test is able to check vehicle security horn operation. The horns will be activated for 0.5 seconds after "ON" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
This test is able to check vehicle security lamp operation. The headlamps will be activated for 0.5 seconds after "ON" on CONSULT-II screen is touched.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-226

2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM Trouble Diagnosis
WORK FLOW
q "POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM" Diagnosis; refer to BL-42, "Work Flow" . q "REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM" Diagnosis; refer to BL-72, "Work Flow" . q "INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM" Diagnosis; refer to BL-125, "WORK FLOW" .

NIS0019F
A B C D E F G H BL J
PIIA6909E
K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-227

2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM

Preliminary Check

NIS0019G

The system operation is canceled by turning ignition switch to "ACC" at any step between START and ARMED in the following flow chart.

After performing preliminary check, go to symptom chart. Refer to BL-229, "Symptom Chart" .

PIIA6910E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-228

2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM

Symptom Chart

PROCEDURE

SYMPTOM

Door switch

Lock/unlock switch

Vehicle security Door outside key

system cannot be

1 set by ····

Key fob

Intelligent Key

--

Security indicator does not turn "ON".

*1 Vehicle secu-

2

rity system does not alarm when

····

Any door is opened.

Vehicle security 3 alarm does not
activate.

Horn alarm Headlamp alarm

Door outside key
Vehicle security 4 system cannot be Key fob
canceled by ····
Intelligent Key
*1: Make sure the system is in the armed phase.

Diagnostic procedure
Diagnostic Procedure 1 (Check door and back door switch) Diagnostic Procedure 6 (Check door lock/unlock switch) Diagnostic Procedure 3 (Check door key cylinder switch) Check remote keyless entry. Check Intelligent Key. If the above systems are "OK", replace BCM. Diagnostic Procedure 2 (Check security indicator lamp) If the above systems are "OK", replace BCM. Diagnostic Procedure 1 (Check door and back door switch)

NIS0019H
A
Reference page

BL-230

B

BL-235

BL-235
C
BL-72

BL-130

BCS-14

D

BL-234

BCS-14

BL-230

E

If the above systems are "OK", replace BCM. Diagnostic Procedure 4 (Check vehicle security horn alarm)

BCS-14
F
BL-235

Check horn function. If the above systems are "OK", replace BCM.

WW-56

BCS-14

G

Diagnostic Procedure 5 (Check headlamp alarm)

BL-235

If the above systems are "OK", replace BCM. Diagnostic Procedure 3 (Check door key cylinder switch)

BCS-14

H

BL-235

If the above systems are "OK", check power window main switch. GW-39

Check remote keyless entry function.

BL-72

BL

If the above systems are "OK", replace BCM.

BCS-14

Check Intelligent Key entry function. If the above systems are "OK", replace BCM.

BL-92
J
BCS-14

K

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-229

2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM

Diagnostic Procedure 1

NIS0019I

1 ­ 1 DOOR SWITCH CHECK

First perform the "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" in "BCM" with CONSULT-II, when perform the each trouble diagnosis. Refer to BCS-13, "CAN Communication Inspection Using CONSULT-II (Self-Diagnosis)" .
1. CHECK DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II Check door switches ("DOOR SW-DR", "DOOR SW-AS", "DOOR SW-RL" and "DOOR SW-RR") in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.

Monitor item DOOR SW-DR DOOR SW-AS DOOR SW-RL DOOR SW-RR

Condition
Door is closed 
Door is opened

OFF  ON

Without CONSULT-II Check voltage between and ground.

Door switch

Connector

Terminals (wire color)

(+)

(­)

Condition

Voltage [V] (Approx.)

Driver side M36
Rear LH
Passenger side M34
Rear RH

62 (SB)
63 (R/W)
12 (R or R/G)
13 (R/Y or R/W)

Ground

Door close Battery voltage





Door open

0

OK or NG
OK >> Door switch circuit is OK, and go to BL-232, "1 ­ 2 BACK DOOR SWITCH CHECK" .
NG >> GO TO 2.

PIIA6469E

PIIA7003E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-230

2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM

2. CHECK DOOR SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect door switch and unified BCM connectors. 3. Check continuity between BCM and door switch.

Door switch

Con- Terminal Connec- Terminal

nector (wire color)

tor

(wire color)

Driver side Rear LH

62 (SB)

D10

M36

63 (R/W)

D56

4 (SB) 4 (V)

Passenger side Rear RH

12 (R or R/ G)

D38

M34

13 (R/Y or R/W)

D76

4 (R/G) 4 (R/W)

4. Check continuity between BCM.

Continuity Yes

Door switch

Connector

Terminal (wire color)

Driver side Rear LH Passenger side
Rear RH

62 (SB) M36
63 (R/W)

12 (R or R/G)

Ground

M34

13 (R/Y or R/

W)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness.

3. CHECK DOOR SWITCH

Continuity No

Check continuity between door switch connectors D10, D38, D56, D76 terminals 4 and 5.

Terminal

Door switch condition

4

5

Open position Closed position

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace door switch.

Continuity Yes No

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

PIIB0888E

BL

J

K

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-231

PIIA4314E
2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM

4. CHECK DOOR SWITCH GROUND HARNESS

Check continuity between door switch connectors D10, D38, D56, D76 terminal 5 and ground.

Door switch

Connector

Terminal

Driver side

D10

Passenger side Rear RH

D38

5 (B)

Ground

D76

Rear LH

D56

5 (G/Y)

OK or NG
OK >> Door switch circuit is OK. NG >> Repair or replace harness.

Continuity Yes

1 ­ 2 BACK DOOR SWITCH CHECK
1. CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II Check back door switch ("BACK DOOR SW") in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.
q When back door is open

BACK DOOR SW q When back door is closed

: ON

BACK DOOR SW

: OFF

Without CONSULT-II Check voltage between BCM connector and ground.

Terminals

Item

Connector

(Wire color)

Condition

Voltage [V] (Approx.)

( + )

( ­ )

Back door switch

M34

58 (V/W) Ground

OPEN CLOSE

0 Battery voltage*

*. When interior lamp battery saver control is OFF: Approx. 5V.
OK or NG OK >> Back door switch circuit is OK. NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-232

PIIA4313E
PIIA2488E PIIB0889E
2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM

2. CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH HARNESS A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM and back door lock assembly connectors. 3. Check continuity between BCM connector M36 terminal 58 and back door lock assembly connector D111 B
terminal 3.
58 (V/W) ­ 3 (V/W) : Continuity should exist. C
4. Check continuity between BCM connector M36 terminal 58 and ground.

58 (V/W) ­ Ground : Continuity should not exist.

D

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check the diode. If the diode is OK, repair or replace harness.
3. CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH

E
PIIB4859E
F

Check continuity between back door lock assembly terminals 3 and 4. G

Terminal

Back door condition

Continuity

Open position

Yes

3

4

Closed position

No

H

OK or NG

OK >> GO TO 4.

BL

NG >> Replace back door lock assembly.

4. CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH GROUND HARNESS

Check continuity between back door switch connector D111 terminal 4 and ground.

4 (B) - Ground

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Back door switch circuit is OK. NG >> Repair or replace harness.

J
PIIB4860E
K
L
M

PIIB4861E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-233

2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM

Diagnostic Procedure 2
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP CHECK
1. SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP ACTIVE TEST
With CONSULT-II Check "THEFT IND" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-II.
Perform operation shown on display indicator lamp should illuminate.

NIS0019J

Without CONSULT-II Check voltage between BCM harness connector M34 terminal 23 and ground.
23 (G/O) ­ Ground : Battery voltage
OK or NG OK >> Security indicator lamp is OK. NG >> GO TO 2.

PIIA7005E

2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP

PIIA6230E

1. Disconnect combination meter (security indicator lamp) connector.
2. Check voltage between combination meter (security indicator lamp) connector M25 terminal 21 and ground.

21 (Y/R) ­ Ground : Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> Check the following. q Harness for open or short between combination meter (security indicator lamp) and BCM. q Indicator lamp condition NG >> Check the following. q 10A fuse [No. 21, located in fuse block (J/B)] q Harness for open or short between security indicator lamp and fuse

PIIA4640E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-234

2006 Murano

VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM

Diagnostic Procedure 3
FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH CHECK
1. CHECK FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH DRIVER SIDE OPERATION

NIS0019K
A

Do doors lock/unlock when using the key?

B

OK or NG

OK >> Front door key cylinder switch operation is OK. NG >> Check door key cylinder switch circuit. Refer to BL-54, "Check Door Key Cylinder Switch / Without C
Intelligent Key System" or BL-55, "Check Door Key Cylinder Switch / With Intelligent Key System" .

Diagnostic Procedure 4
VEHICLE SECURITY HORN ALARM CHECK

D
NIS0019L

First perform the "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" in "BCM" with CONSULT-II, when perform the each trouble diagnosis. Refer to BCS-13, "CAN Communication Inspection Using CONSULT-II (Self-Diagnosis)" .

E

1. CHECK HORN OPERATION

Check if horn sounds with horn switch. Does horn operate?
Yes >> Check harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and horn relay. No >> Check horn circuit. Refer to WW-56, "HORN" .
Diagnostic Procedure 5
VEHICLE SECURITY HEADLAMP ALARM CHECK
1. CHECK HEADLAMP OPERATION

F
G
NIS0019M
H

Does headlamp come on when turning lighting switch "ON"?

BL

YES or NO

YES >> Headlamp alarm circuit is OK. NO >> Check headlamp system. Refer to LT-6, "HEADLAMP - XENON TYPE -" or LT-36, "HEADLAMP J
-CONVENTIONAL TYPE-" .

Diagnostic Procedure 6
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH CHECK
1. CHECK DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL

NIS0019N
K

Do doors lock/unlock when using power window main switch (door lock and unlock switch) or power window L switch (passenger side) (door lock and unlock switch)?

YES or NO?

YES >> Door lock and unlock switch is OK.

M

NO >> Refer to BL-50, "Check Door Lock and Unlock Switch" .

Revision: 2006 August

BL-235

2006 Murano

NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS) Component Parts and Harness Connector Location

PFP:25386
NIS0019O

PIIB8713E
NOTE: If customer reports a "NO START" condition, request ALL KEYS to be brought to an NISSAN dealer in case of a NVIS (NATS) malfunction.

System Description

NIS0019P

NVIS (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System-NATS) has the following immobilizer functions:

DESCRIPTION
q Engine immobilizer shows high anti-theft performance to prevent engine start by other than the owner (registered key: ignition key, mechanical key and Intelligent Key).
q Only a key with key ID registered in BCM and ECM can start engine, and shows high anti-theft performance to prevent key from being copied or stolen.
q In the vehicle without Intelligent Key system, security indicator always flashes with other than ignition switch ON or START position.
q In the vehicle with Intelligent Key system, security indicator always flashes with mechanical key removed condition (key switch OFF) and ignition knob released condition on LOCK position (ignition knob switch OFF).

Revision: 2006 August

BL-236

2006 Murano

NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)

q Therefore, NVIS (NATS) warns outsiders that the vehicle is equipped with the anti-theft system.

q If system detects malfunction, it turns on security indicator in ignition switch ON position.

A

q If the owner requires, ignition key ID or mechanical key ID can be registered for up to 5 keys.

q During trouble diagnosis or when the following parts have been replaced, and if ignition key or mechanical

key is added, registration* is required.

B

*: All keys kept by the owner of the vehicle should be registered with ignition key or mechanical key.

­ ECM

­ BCM

C

­ Ignition key (models without Intelligent Key system)

­ Mechanical key (models with Intelligent Key system) D
q NVIS (NATS) trouble diagnoses, system initialization and additional registration of other NVIS (NATS)

ignition key or mechanical key IDs must be carried out using CONSULT-II hardware and CONSULT-II

NVIS (NATS) software. When NVIS (NATS) initialization has been completed, the ID of the inserted igni-

tion key or mechanical key or mechanical key IDs can be carried out.

E

Regarding the procedures of NVIS (NATS) initialization and ignition key or mechanical key ID registration,

refer to CONSULT-II operation manual, NATS-IVIS/NVIS.

SECURITY INDICATOR

F

q Warns that the vehicle has NVIS (NATS).

q In the vehicle without Intelligent Key system, security indicator always flashes with other than ignition switch ON or START position. In the vehicle with Intelligent Key system, security indicator always flashes G

with mechanical key removed condition (key switch OFF) and ignition knob released condition on LOCK

position (ignition knob switch OFF).

NOTE:

H

Because security indicator is highly efficient, the battery is barely affected.

Condition of Security Indicator
BL WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Operation or condition of ignition key

Security indicator

Ignition key

Ignition switch: ON position

Ignition switch: ACC position

Ignition switch: OFF position (Key is inserted.)

Ignition switch: OFF position (Remove key.)

J

condition

Register key

OFF

Flashing

Flashing

Flashing

K

Ignition key not registered

ON

Flashing

Flashing

Flashing

WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

L

q In ignition knob operation with Intelligent Key, it always turns on with pushing ignition knob, and always flashes with ignition knob released (ignition knob switch OFF) condition on ignition knob "LOCK" position.
q In ignition knob operation with mechanical key, it turns off on the condition that mechanical key is inserted M in key cylinder, and always flashes with ignition knob released (ignition knob switch OFF) condition on mechanical key removed condition.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-237

2006 Murano

NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)

System Composition

NIS0019Q

The immobilizer function of the NVIS (NATS) consists of the following: q NATS ignition key (without Intelligent Key system) q Mechanical key (with Intelligent Key system) q NATS antenna amp. located in the ignition key cylinder q Body control module (BCM) q Engine control module (ECM) q Security indicator q Steering lock unit (with Intelligent Key system) q Intelligent Key unit (with Intelligent Key system) NOTE: The communication between ECM, BCM and/or Intelligent Key unit uses the CAN communication system.

PIIA6948E

ECM Re-communicating Function

NIS0019R

Performing following procedure can automatically perform re-communication of ECM and BCM or Intelligent Key unit, but only when the ECM has been replaced with a new one (*1). *1: New one means a virgin ECM which has never been energized on-board. (In this step, initialization procedure by CONSULT-II is not necessary)
NOTE: q When registering new Key IDs or replacing the ECM other than brand new, refer to CONSULT-II
Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS.

q If multiple keys are attached to the key holder, separate them before work.

q Distinguish keys with unregistered key ID from those with registered ID.

1. Install ECM.
2. Using a registered key (*2), turn ignition switch to "ON". *2: To perform this step, use the key (except for card plate key) that has been used before performing ECM replacement.
3. Maintain ignition switch in "ON" position for at least 5 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch to "OFF".
5. Start engine. If engine can be started, procedure is completed. If engine cannot be started, refer to CONSULT-II Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS and initialize control unit.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-238

2006 Murano

NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS) Wiring Diagram -- NATS --/With Intelligent Key System

NIS0019S
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-239

TIWB0792E
2006 Murano

NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)

Revision: 2006 August

BL-240

TIWB0338E
2006 Murano

NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS) Wiring Diagram -- NATS --/Without Intelligent Key System

NIS0019T
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-241

TIWB0793E
2006 Murano

NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)

Terminals and Reference Value for Steering Lock Unit/With Intelligent Key Sys-

tem

NIS0019U

Wir Ter- e minal colo
r

Signal Designation

1 G/Y Power source (Fuse)

2

L/Y

Steering lock unit power supply

Signal input/ output
Input

Measuring condition

Ignition knob position

Operation or conditions

--

--

Output

LOCK

--

Voltage (V) (Approx.)
Battery voltage 5

3

L/O

Steering lock unit communication signal

Input/ output

LOCK

Press ignition knob with Intelligent Key inside vehicle.

4

G/R

Steering lock unit ground

Other than the above

--

--

--

SIIA1911J
5 0

Terminals and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit/With Intelligent Key Sys-

tem

NIS0019V

Terminal

Wire color

Signal designation

Signal input/ output

1

L/Y

Steering lock unit power supply

Output

2

L CAN-H

--

3

Y CAN-L

--

6

G

Ignition power supply (ON)

Input

7

B/R Key switch

Input

11

G/Y

Power source (Fuse)

12

B Ground

27

G/O

Ignition knob switch

31

G/R

Steering lock unit ground

Input --
Input
--

Ignition knob
position

Measuring condition Operation or conditions

LOCK

--

-- -- ON
LOCK

--
--
Ignition knob ON or START position
Insert mechanical key into ignition key cylinder.
Remove mechanical key from ignition key cylinder.

--

--

--

--

Press ignition knob.

--

Return ignition knob to LOCK posi-

tion.

--

--

Voltage (V) (Approx.)
5 -- -- Battery voltage
Battery voltage
0
Battery voltage 0
Battery voltage 0
0

32

Steering lock unit L/O communication
signal

Input/ output

Press ignition knob with Intelligent LOCK Key inside vehicle.

Other than the above

Revision: 2006 August

BL-242

SIIA1911J
5
2006 Murano

NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)

Terminals and Reference Value for BCM

TERMI- WIRE NAL COLOR

ITEM

Signal input/ output

CONDITION

VOLTAGE [V] (Approx.)

NIS0019W
A

16

P/L

NATS antenna amp.

Output Ignition switch: OFF  ON

0  5 (for 3 seconds)

B

18

P

NATS antenna amp.

Output

--

0
C

21

LG

NATS antenna amp.

Output Ignition switch (OFF  ON)

Just after turning ignition switch "ON": Pointer of tester should move.

D

23

G/O

Security indicator lamp

Output

Goes OFF  illuminates (Every 2.4 seconds)

Battery voltage  0

25

BR

NATS antenna amp.

Output Ignition switch (OFF  ON)

Just after turning ignition switch "ON": Pointer of tester should

E

move.

Insert mechanical key into ignition key cylinder.

Battery voltage

F

37*

B/R Key switch

Input

Remove mechanical key from ignition key cylinder.

0

38

R Ignition switch (ON)

Input

Ignition switch is in ON position

Battery voltage

G

39

L

CAN-H

--

--

--

40

Y

CAN-L

--

--

42

GR

Power source (Fuse)

Input

--

--

H

Battery voltage

52

B

Ground

--

--

55

W/B

Power source (Fusible link)

Input

--

0

BL

Battery voltage

*: With Intelligent Key system

J

CONSULT-II Function

NIS0019X

CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE

CAUTION:

K

If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be

detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

L

2. Insert NVIS (NATS) program card into CONSULT-II.

Program card

: NATS (AEN04A-1)

M

3. Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data link connector.

PBIB1069E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-243

2006 Murano

NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)
4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Touch "START".

6. Touch "OTHRE".

PBR455D

7. Select "NATS V.5.0". If "NATS V5.0" is not indicated, go to GI-39, "CONSULT-II Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .

PIIB0900E

8. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS.

SEL027X

CONSULT-II DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE FUNCTION

SEL150X

CONSULT-II DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE

Description

C/U INITIALIZATION

When replacing any of the following components, C/U initialization and re-registration of all NATS ignition keys are necessary. [(NATS ignition key/ BCM/ ECM]

SELF-DIAG RESULTS

Detected items (screen terms) are as shown in the chart. Refer to BL-245, "NVIS (NATS) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS ITEM CHART" .

Revision: 2006 August

BL-244

2006 Murano

NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)

NOTE:
q When any initialization is performed, all ID previously registered will be erased and all NATS ignition keys A must be registered again.

q The engine cannot be started with an unregistered key. In this case, the system will show "DIFFERENCE

OF KEY" or "LOCK MODE" as a self-diagnostic result on the CONSULT-II screen.

B

q In rare case, "CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU" might be stored as a self-diagnostic result during key registration

procedure, even if the system is not malfunctioning.

HOW TO READ SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

C

D

E

F

G

H

NVIS (NATS) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS ITEM CHART

PIIA1124E

BL

Detected items [NVIS (NATS) program card screen
terms]

P No. Code (Self-diagnostic
result of "ENGINE")

Malfunction is detected when.....

Reference

J

page

CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU [P1612]
DIFFERENCE OF KEY [P1615]
CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY [P1614]

NATS MALFUNCTION P1612

Communication impossible between ECM and BCM In rare case, "CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU" might be stored during key registration procedure, even if the system is not malfunctioning.

BL-250

K

NATS MALFUNCTION P1615

BCM can receive the key ID signal but the result of ID verification between key ID and BCM is NG.

BL-252

L

NATS MALFUNCTION P1614

BCM cannot receive the key ID signal.

M
BL-253

ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM [P1611]

NATS MALFUNCTION P1611

The result of ID verification between BCM and ECM is NG. System initialization is required.

BL-255

LOCK MODE [P1610]

NATS MALFUNCTION P1610

When the starting operation is carried out five or more times consecutively under the following conditions, NVIS (NATS) will shift the mode to one which prevents the engine from being started.
q Unregistered ignition key is used.
q BCM or ECM's malfunctioning.

BL-257

DON'T ERASE BEFORE CHECKING ENG DIAG

--

All engine trouble codes except NVIS (NATS) trouble code has been detected in ECM.

BL-248

Revision: 2006 August

BL-245

2006 Murano

NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)

Trouble Diagnosis Procedure/With Intelligent Key System

NIS0019Y

PRELIMINALY CHECK

*1: BL-171 *4: BL-130 *7: BL-131
Revision: 2006 August

*2: BL-130 *5: BL-127 *8: BL-125
BL-246

*3: BL-131 *6: BL-131 *9: BL-247

PIIB5066E
2006 Murano

NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)
WORK FLOW
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-247

PIIB5064E
2006 Murano

NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)

Trouble Diagnosis Procedure/Without Intelligent Key System

NIS0019Z

WORK FLOW

Revision: 2006 August

BL-248

SEL004XA
2006 Murano

NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)

Trouble Diagnoses Symptom Chart
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RELATED ITEM

NIS001A0
A

SYMPTOM

Displayed "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" on CONSULT-
II screen

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
(Reference page)

SYSTEM (Malfunctioning part or mode)

B

In rare case, "CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU"

might be stored during key registration

procedure, even if the system is not mal-

C

functioning.

CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU [P1612]

PROCEDURE 1 (BL-250 )

Open circuit in battery voltage line of BCM circuit
D
Open circuit in ignition line of BCM circuit

Open circuit in ground line of BCM circuit

Open or short circuit between BCM and

E

ECM communication line

ECM

BCM

F

DIFFERENCE OF KEY

PROCEDURE 2

Unregistered key

[P1615]

(BL-252 )

BCM

G

Malfunction of key ID chip

q Security indicator lighting up* q Engine cannot be started

CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY [P1614]

PROCEDURE 3 (BL-253 )

Communication line between ANT/AMP

and BCM: Open circuit or short circuit of battery volt-

H

age line or ground line

Open circuit in power source line of ANT/

AMP circuit

BL

Open circuit in ground line of ANT/AMP

circuit

NATS antenna amp.

J

BCM

ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM

PROCEDURE 4

System initialization has not yet been completed.

K

[P1611]

(BL-255 )

ECM

LOCK MODE [P1610]

PROCEDURE 6 (BL-257 )

LOCK MODE

L

When the starting operation is carried out

five or more times consecutively under

the following conditions, NVIS (NATS) will

shift the mode to one which prevents the M

engine from being started.

q Unregistered ignition key is used.

q BCM or ECM's malfunctioning.

Security indicator lighting up*

DON'T ERASE BEFORE CHECKING ENG DIAG

WORK FLOW (BL-248 )

Engine trouble data and NVIS (NATS) trouble data have been detected in ECM

*: When NVIS (NATS) detects incident, the security indicator lights up while ignition key is in the "ON" position.

Security Indicator Inspection

NIS001A1

NON SELF-DIAGNOSIS RELATED ITEM

SYMPTOM

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (Reference page)

SYSTEM (Malfunctioning part or mode)

Security indicator does not light up*.

PROCEDURE 5 (BL-256 )

Combination meter (security indictor lamp) Open circuit between Fuse and BCM BCM

*: CONSULT-II self-diagnostic results display screen "no malfunction is detected".

Revision: 2006 August

BL-249

2006 Murano

NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)

Diagnostic Procedure 1

NIS001A2

Self-diagnostic results: "CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU" displayed on CONSULT-II screen First perform the "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" in "BCM" with CONSULT-II, then perform the trouble diagnosis of malfunction system indicated "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" of "BCM". Refer to BCS-13, "CAN Communication Inspection Using CONSULT-II (Self-Diagnosis)" .
1. CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS "CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU" displayed on CONSULT-II screen.
NOTE: In rare case, "CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU" might be stored during key registration procedure, even if the system is not malfunctioning.
Is CONSULT-II screen displayed as shown in figure?
Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> GO TO BL-249, "SELF-DIAGNOSIS RELATED ITEM" .

2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR BCM

PIIA1260E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect BCM connector. 3. Check voltage between BCM and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

Connector

Terminals (Wire color)

(+)

(-)

Voltage [V] (Approx.)

42 (GY)

M2

Ground

Battery voltage

55 (W/R)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check the following
q 50A fusible link (letter F , located in fuse and fusible link box)
q 10A fuse [No.18, located in fuse block (J/B)]
q Harness for open or short between fusible link and BCM
q Harness for open or short between fuse and BCM Ref. Part No. C1

3. CHECK IGNITION SWITCH ON SIGNAL

PIIA6143E

1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check voltage between BCM connector M34 terminal 38 (R) and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

38 (R) ­ Ground

: Battery voltage

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Check the following. q 10A fuse [No. 1, located in the fuse block (J/B)] q Harness for open or short between fuse and BCM

Revision: 2006 August

BL-250

PIIA6144E
2006 Murano

NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)

4. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR BCM A

1. Turn ignition OFF.

2. Check continuity between BCM connector terminal 52 (B) and ground.

52 (B) ­ Ground

: Continuity should exist.

B

OK or NG

OK >> GO TO 5.

C

NG >> Repair harness or replace.

D

PIIA9326E

E

5. REPLACE BCM

1. Replace BCM.

F

2. Perform initialization with CONSULT-II.

For initialization, refer to "CONSULT-II Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS".

Does the engine start?

G

Yes >> BCM is malfunctioning.

q Replace BCM.

H

q Perform initialization with CONSULT-II.

q For initialization, refer to "CONSULT-II Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS".

No >> ECM is malfunctioning.

BL

q Replace ECM.

q Perform initialization or re-communicating function.

q For initialization, refer to "CONSULT-II Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS".

J

q For re-communicating function, refer to BL-238, "ECM Re-communicating Function" .

K

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-251

2006 Murano

NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)
Diagnostic Procedure 2
Self-diagnostic results: "DIFFERENCE OF KEY" displayed on CONSULT-II screen
1. CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS "DIFFERENCE OF KEY" displayed on CONSULT-II screen. Is CONSULT-II screen displayed as shown in figure?
Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> GO TO BL-249, "SELF-DIAGNOSIS RELATED ITEM" .

NIS001A3

2. PERFORM INITIALIZATION WITH CONSULT-II

PIIA1261E

Perform initialization with CONSULT-II. Re-register all NATS ignition key IDs. For initialization and registration of NATS ignition key IDs, refer to "CONSULT-II Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/ NVIS".

NOTE: If the initialization is not completed or malfunctions, CONSULT-II shows message on the screen.

Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with reregistered NATS ignition key?

Yes >> Ignition key ID was unregistered. No >> BCM is malfunctioning.

q Replace BCM.

q Perform initialization with CONSULT-II.

q For initialization, refer to "CONSULT-II Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS".

SEL297W

Revision: 2006 August

BL-252

2006 Murano

NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)
Diagnostic Procedure 3
Self-diagnostic results: "CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY" displayed on CONSULT-II screen
1. CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS "CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY" displayed on CONSULT-II screen. Is CONSULT-II screen displayed as shown in figure?
Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> GO TO BL-249, "SELF-DIAGNOSIS RELATED ITEM" .

NIS001A4
A
B
C
D

E

2. CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. INSTALLATION

PIIA1263E
F

Check NATS antenna amp. installation. Refer to BL-258, "How to Replace NATS Antenna Amp." .

OK or NG

G

OK >> GO TO 3.

NG >> Reinstall NATS antenna amp. correctly.

3. CHECK NVIS (NATS) IGNITION KEY ID CHIP

H

Start engine with another registered NATS ignition key.

Does the engine start?

BL

Yes >> Ignition key ID chip is malfunctioning.

q Replace the ignition key.

q Perform initialization with CONSULT-II.

J

For initialization, refer to "CONSULT-II Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS".

No >> GO TO 4. K
4. CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR NATS ANTENNA AMP.

1. Turn ignition switch "ON".

L

2. Check voltage between NATS antenna amp. connector M30 terminal 1 (P/L) and ground with CONSULT-

II or tester.

Just after turning ignition switch "ON"

M

Voltage: Approx. 5V (For 3 seconds)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> q Check harness for open or short between NATS
antenna amp. and BCM.
NOTE: If harness is OK, replace BCM, perform initialization with CONSULT-II. For initialization, refer to "CONSULT-II Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS".

SIIA1670E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-253

2006 Murano

NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)

5. CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. SIGNAL LINE- 1

Check voltage between NATS antenna amp. connector M30 terminal 3 (LG) and ground with analogue tester.

Before turning ignition switch "ON" Voltage: 0V

Just after turning ignition switch "ON"

: Pointer of tester should move.

OK or NG

OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> q Check harness for open or short between NATS
antenna amp. and BCM.

NOTE:

SIIA1671E

If harness is OK, replace BCM, perform initialization

with CONSULT-II. For initialization, refer to "CONSULT-II Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS".

6. CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. SIGNAL LINE- 2

Check voltage between NATS antenna amp. connector M30 terminal 7 (BR) and ground with analogue tester.

Before turning ignition switch "ON" Voltage: 0V
Just after turning ignition switch "ON" : Pointer of tester should move.

OK or NG

OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> q Check harness for open or short between NATS
antenna amp. and BCM.

NOTE:

SIIA1672E

If harness is OK, replace BCM, perform initialization

with CONSULT-II. For initialization, refer to "CONSULT-II Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS".

7. CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. GROUND LINE CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch "OFF". 2. Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. connector M30 terminal 5 (P) and ground.

5 (P) ­ Ground

: Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> NATS antenna amp. is malfunctioning. NG >> q Check harness for open or short between NATS
antenna amp. and BCM.
NOTE: If harness is OK, replace BCM, perform initialization with CONSULT-II. For initialization, refer to "CONSULT-II Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS".

SIIA1673E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-254

2006 Murano

NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)

Diagnostic Procedure 4
Self-diagnostic results: "ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM" displayed on CONSULT-II screen
1. CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

NIS001A5
A
B

Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS "ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM" displayed on CONSULT-II screen.

NOTE:

"ID DISCORD IMM-ECM":

C

Registered ID of BCM is in discord with that of ECM.

Is CONSULT-II screen displayed as shown in figure?

Yes >> GO TO 2.

D

No >> GO TO BL-249, "SELF-DIAGNOSIS RELATED ITEM" .

E

2. PERFORM INITIALIZATION WITH CONSULT-II
Perform initialization with CONSULT-II. Re-register all NATS ignition key IDs. For initialization, refer to "CONSULT-II Operation Manual NATSIVIS/NVIS". NOTE: If the initialization is not completed or malfunctions, CONSULT-II shows message on the screen. Can the system be initialized?
Yes >> q Start engine. (END) q (System initialization had not been completed. )
No >> ECM is malfunctioning. q Replace ECM. q Perform initialization with CONSULT-II. For initialization, refer to "CONSULT-II Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS".

F
PIIA1262E
G

H

BL

J

SEL297W

K

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-255

2006 Murano

NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)

Diagnostic Procedure 5
"SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT LIGHT UP"
1. CHECK FUSE

Check 10A fuse [No. 21, located in the fuse block (J/B)] OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace fuse.
2. CHECK SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP

1. Install 10A fuse. 2. Start engine and turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Make sure the security indicator lamp lights up.
Security indicator lamp should light up.
OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect combination meter (security indicator lamp) connector.
2. Check voltage between combination meter (security indicator lamp) connector M25 terminal 21 (Y/R) and ground.

21 (Y/R) ­ Ground

: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Check harness for open or short between fuse and com-
bination meter (security indicator lamp).

NIS001A6

4. CHECK BCM FUNCTION

PIIA4640E

1. Connect combination meter (security indicator lamp) connector. 2. Disconnect BCM connector M34.
3. Check voltage between BCM connector M34 terminal 23 (G/O) and ground.

23 (G/O) ­ Ground

: Battery voltage

OK or NG

OK >> BCM is malfunctioning.

q Replace BCM.

q Perform initialization with CONSULT-II.

q For initialization, refer to "CONSULT-II Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS".
NG >> Check the following.

PIIA6150E

q Harness for open or short between combination meter (security indicator lamp) and BCM.

q Indicator lamp condition

Revision: 2006 August

BL-256

2006 Murano

NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)
Diagnostic Procedure 6
Self-diagnostic results: "LOCK MODE" displayed on CONSULT-II screen
1. CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS "LOCK MODE" is displayed on CONSULT-II screen. Is CONSULT-II screen displayed as shown in figure?
Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> GO TO BL-249, "SELF-DIAGNOSIS RELATED ITEM" .
2. ESCAPE FROM LOCK MODE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Turn ignition switch ON with registered key. (Do not start engine.) Wait 5 seconds. 3. Return the key to OFF position. Wait 5 seconds. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 twice (total of three cycles). 5. Start the engine. Does engine start?
Yes >> System is OK (Now system is escaped from "LOCK MODE"). No >> GO TO 3.
3. PERFORM INITIALIZATION WITH CONSULT-II
Perform initialization with CONSULT-II. For initialization, refer to "CONSULT-II Operation Manual NATSIVIS/NVIS". NOTE: If the initialization is not completed or malfunctions, CONSULT-II shows the message on the screen. Can the system be initialized?
Yes >> System is OK. No >> GO TO 4.

NIS001A7
A B C D E
PIIA1264E
F G H BL J K L M
SEL297W

Revision: 2006 August

BL-257

2006 Murano

NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)
4. PERFORM INITIALIZATION WITH CONSULT-II AGAIN
1. Replace BCM. 2. Perform initialization with CONSULT-II.
For initialization, refer to "CONSULT-II Operation Manual NATSIVIS/NVIS". NOTE: If the initialization is not completed or malfunctions, CONSULT-II shows the message on the screen. Can the system be initialized? Yes >> System is OK. (BCM is malfunctioning.) No >> ECM is malfunctioning.
q Replace ECM. q Perform initialization with CONSULT-II. q For initialization, refer to "CONSULT-II Operation
Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS".
How to Replace NATS Antenna Amp.
NOTE: q If NATS antenna amp. is not installed correctly, NVIS (NATS)
system will not operate properly and SELF-DIAG RESULTS on CONSULT-II screen will show "LOCK MODE" or "CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY". q Initialization is not necessary only when NATS antenna amp. is replaced with a new one.

SEL297W NIS001A8

SIIA1683E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-258

2006 Murano

INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER
INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER Wiring Diagram --TRNSCV--

PFP:96401
A
NIS001A9
B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-259

TIWB0794E
2006 Murano

INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER

Trouble Diagnoses
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

NIS001AA

SYMPTOM: Transmitter Does Not Activate Receiver

Before conducting the procedure given below, make sure that system receiver (garage door opener, etc.) operates with original, hand-held transmitter. If NG, receiver or hand-held transmitter is malfunctioning, not vehicle related.
1. CHECK ILLUMINATION

1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Does red light (LED) of transmitter illuminate when any transmitter button is pressed?
YES or NO
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3.

2. CHECK TRANSMITTER

PIIA4815E

Check auto anti-dazzling inside mirror (homelink universal transceiver) with Tool*. *:For details, refer to Technical Service Bulletin. OK or NG
OK >> Receiver or hand-held transmitter malfunction, not vehicle related. NG >> Replace inside mirror assembly.
3. CHECK POWER SUPPLY

1. Disconnect auto anti-dazzling inside mirror (homelink universal transceiver) connector.
2. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
3. Check voltage between auto anti-dazzling inside mirror (homelink universal transceiver) connector R4 terminal 5 (Y) and ground.

5 (Y) ­ Ground

: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> q Check 10A fuse. [No. 19 located in the fuse block (J/
B)]
q Repair or replace harness between fuse and anti-dazzling inside mirror (homelink universal transceiver).

PIIA2370E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-260

2006 Murano

INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER

4. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT

Check continuity between anti-dazzling inside mirror (homelink universal transceiver) connector R4 terminal 8 (B) and ground.

8 (B) ­ Ground

:Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> Replace inside mirror assembly. NG >> Harness for open or short between anti-dazzling inside
mirror (homelink universal transceiver) ground.

A B C D
PIIA2368E
E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-261

2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR Body Exterior Paint Color

BODY REPAIR

PFP:60100
NIS001AB

SIIA2069E

Color code

BAX5 BAY2 BBW9 BEY0 BK21 BK23 BKH3 BQX1

Component

Description Paint type

Red

Red

Dark Blue

Light Gold

Gray Silver Black White

2P

PM

2P

RPM FPM

M

2S

3P

Hard clear coat

×

×

×

-

-

-

×

-

1 Bumper fascia

Upper Lower

Body color Gray Metallic (M)

BAX5 BKR2

BAY2 BKR2

BBW9 BKR2

BEY0 BKR2

BK21 BKR2

BK23 BKR2

BKH3 BKR2

BQX1 BKR2

2 Front grille

Chromium-plate + Cr2p Color clear coat

Cr2p

Cr2p

Cr2p

Cr2p

Cr2p

Cr2p

Cr2p

3 Door outside mirror

Housing Body color Base Black

BAX5 BKH3

BAY2 BKH3

BBW9 BKH3

BEY0 BKH3

BK21 BKH3

BK23 BKH3

BKH3 BKH3

BQX1 BKH3

4 Door outside handle

Chromium-plate Body color

Cr2p BAX5

Cr2p BAY2

Cr2p BBW9

Cr2p BEY0

Cr2p BK21

Cr2p BK23

Cr2p BKH3

Cr2p BQX1

5 Back door

Body color

BAX5 BAY2 BBW9 BEY0 BK21 BK23 BKH3 BQX1

2S:Solid + Clear, M:Metallic, P:Pearl, 2P:2-Coat pearl, 3P:3-Coat pearl, PM:Pearl metallic, FPM:Iron oxide pearl, RPM:Multi flex color

Revision: 2006 August

BL-262

2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR
Body Component Parts
UNDERBODY COMPONENT PARTS

NIS001AC
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-263

SIIA2388E
2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR

1. Hoodledge assembly 2. Upper hoodledge 3. Lower front hoodledge 4. Hoodledge reinforcement 5. Air box assembly 6. Side cowl top 7. Lower dash 8. Side dash 9. Front floor 10. Center front floor reinforcement 11. Front floor reinforcement (RH&LH) 12. Front side member stiffener 13. Center floor member assembly 14. Inner sill 15. 2ND crossmember assembly 16. 3RD crossmember assembly 17. Rear floor 18. Rear floor rear 19. Rear floor front extension 20. Rear seat back support assembly 21. Outer rear seat belt anchor reinforcement 22. 2ND seat mounting bracket

23. Rear floor side 24. Spare tire clamp bracket 25. Front side member assembly 26. Front side member 27. Front side member connector 28. Bumper stay reinforcement assembly 29. Front suspension mounting bracket 30. Front side member outrigger assembly 31. Lower dash crossmember 32. Front side member closing plate assembly 33. Front side member front closing plate 34. Front side member center extension 35. Front side member rear extension 36. Rear seat crossmember 37. Rear side member assembly 38. Inner sill extension 39. Jack up point bracket 40. Sill closing plate 41. Rear side member extension 42. Center rear crossmember assembly 43. Spare wheel crossmember

Revision: 2006 August

BL-264

2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR
BODY COMPONENT PARTS
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

1. Hood 2. Front fender (RH&LH)
Revision: 2006 August

24. Rear roof rail assembly 25. Roof bow No.1
BL-265

SIIA2389E
2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR

3. Side body assembly (RH&LH) 4. Upper pillar hinge brace assembly (RH&LH) 5. Lower front pillar hinge brace (RH&LH) 6. Lower front pillar reinforcement (RH&LH) 7. Center pillar reinforcement (RH&LH) 8. Outer sill reinforcement assembly (RH&LH) 9. Rear outer sill reinforcement (RH&LH) 10. Outer sill (RH&LH) 11. Inner side roof rail (RH&LH) 12. Inner center pillar (RH&LH) 13. Inner rear pillar assembly (RH&LH) 14. Inner rear pillar reinforcement (RH&LH) 15. Back pillar reinforcement (RH&LH) 16. Outer rear wheelhouse (RH&LH) 17. Inner rear wheelhouse assembly (RH&LH) 18. Inner rear wheelhouse front extension (RH&LH) 19. Inner rear wheelhouse rear extension (RH&LH) 20. Roof 21. Roof assembly (for sunroof) 22. Front roof rail assembly 23. Roof bow No.2

26. Roof bow No.3 27. Roof bow No.4 28. Roof bow No.5 29. Rear fender assembly (RH&LH) 30. Rear fender extension (RH&LH) 31. Back pillar assembly (RH&LH) 32. Rear combination lamp base assembly (RH&LH) 33. Rear bumper fascia rear bracket (RH&LH) 34. Rear combination lamp base extension (RH&LH) 35. Fuel filler lid (LH) 36. Rear panel assembly 37. Rear bumper fascia bracket 38. Front door assembly (RH&LH) 39. Outer front door panel (RH&LH) 40. Rear door assembly (RH&LH) 41. Outer rear door panel (RH&LH) 42. Front bumper reinforcement 43. Front bumper stay (RH&LH) 44. Rear bumper reinforcement 45. Rear bumper stay (RH&LH)

Revision: 2006 August

BL-266

2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR

Corrosion Protection
DESCRIPTION

NIS001AD
A

To provide improved corrosion prevention, the following anti-corrosive measures have been implemented in

NISSAN production plants. When repairing or replacing body panels, it is necessary to use the same anti-cor-

rosive measures.

B

Anti-corrosive Precoated Steel (Galvannealed Steel)

To improve repairability and corrosion resistance, a new type of anti-

corrosive precoated steel sheet has been adopted replacing conven-

C

tional zinc-coated steel sheet.

Galvannealed steel is electroplated and heated to form Zinc-iron

alloy, which provides excellent and long term corrosion resistance

D

with cationic electrodeposition primer.

E

SIIA2294E

F

Nissan Genuine Service Parts are fabricated from galvannealed steel. Therefore, it is recommended that

GENUINE NISSAN PARTS or equivalent be used for panel replacement to maintain the anti-corrosive perfor-

mance built into the vehicle at the factory.

G

Phosphate Coating Treatment and Cationic Electrodeposition Primer

A phosphate coating treatment and a cationic electrodeposition primer, which provide excellent corrosion pro- H tection, are employed on all body components.

CAUTION:

Confine paint removal during welding operations to an absolute minimum.

BL

J

K

PIIA0095E

L

Nissan Genuine Service Parts are also treated in the same manner. Therefore, it is recommended that GENU-

INE NISSAN PARTS or equivalent be used for panel replacement to maintain anti-corrosive performance built into the vehicle at the factory.

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-267

2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR
ANTI-CORROSIVE WAX To improve corrosion resistance, anti-corrosive wax is applied inside the body sill and inside other closed sections. Accordingly, when replacing these parts, be sure to apply anti-corrosive wax to the appropriate areas of the new parts. Select an excellent anti-corrosive wax which will penetrate after application and has a long shelf life.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-268

SIIA2160E
2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR

UNDERCOATING The underside of the floor and wheelhouse are undercoated to prevent rust, vibration, noise and stone chip- A ping. Therefore, when such a panel is replaced or repaired, apply undercoating to that part. Use an undercoating which is rust preventive, soundproof, vibration-proof, shock-resistant, adhesive, and durable.

Precautions in Undercoating

B

1. Do not apply undercoating to any place unless specified (such as the areas above the muffler and three

way catalyst which are subjected to heat).

2. Do not undercoat the exhaust pipe or other parts which become hot.

C

3. Do not undercoat rotating parts.

4. Apply bitumen wax after applying undercoating. D
5. After putting seal on the vehicle, put undercoating on it.

E

F

G

H

BL

J

K

L
SIIA2161E
M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-269

2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR
STONE GUARD COAT To prevent damage caused by stones, the lower outer body panel (fender, door, etc.) have an additional layer of Stone Guard Coating over the ED primer coating. When replacing or repairing these panels, apply Stone Guard coating to the same portions as before. Use a coating which is rust preventive, durable, shock-resistant and has a long shelf life.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-270

SIIA2162E
2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR

Body Sealing
DESCRIPTION

NIS001AE
A

The following figure shows the areas which are sealed at the factory. Sealant which has been applied to these

areas should be smooth and free from cuts or gaps. Care should be taken not to apply an excess amount of

sealant and not to allow other unaffected parts to come into contact with the sealant.

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

BL

J

K

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-271

SIIA2163E
2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR

Revision: 2006 August

BL-272

SIIA2164E
2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-273

SIIA2165E
2006 Murano

Body Construction
BODY CONSTRUCTION

BODY REPAIR

NIS001AF

Revision: 2006 August

BL-274

SIIA2166E
2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR

Body Alignment
BODY CENTER MARKS

NIS001AG
A

A mark has been placed on each part of the body to indicate the vehicle center. When repairing parts dam-

aged by an accident which might affect the vehicle frame (members, pillars, etc.), more accurate and effective

repair will be possible by using these marks together with body alignment specifications.

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

BL

J

K

L

M

SIIA2167E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-275

2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR
PANEL PARTS MATCHING MARKS A mark has been placed on each body panel to indicate the parts matching positions. When repairing parts damaged by an accident which might affect the vehicle structure (members, pillars, etc.), more accurate and effective repair will be possible by using these marks together with body alignment specifications.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-276

SIIA2168E
2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR

DESCRIPTION

q All dimensions indicated in the figures are actual.

A

q When using a tracking gauge, adjust both pointers to equal length. Then check the pointers and gauge

itself to make sure there is no free play.

q When a measuring tape is used, check to be sure there is no elongation, twisting or bending.

B

q Measurements should be taken at the center of the mounting holes.

q An asterisk (*) following the value at the measuring point indicates that the measuring point on the other

side is symmetrically the same value.

C

q The coordinates of the measurement points are the distances measured from the standard line of "X", "Y"
and "Z". D

E

F

G

H

PIIA0104E

BL J

K

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-277

2006 Murano

ENGINE COMPARTMENT Measurement

BODY REPAIR

SIIA2169E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-278

2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR
Measurement Points
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-279

SIIA2170E
2006 Murano

UNDERBODY Measurement

BODY REPAIR

Revision: 2006 August

BL-280

SIIA2171E
2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR
Measurement Points
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-281

SIIA2172E
2006 Murano

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT Measurement

BODY REPAIR

Revision: 2006 August

BL-282

SIIA2173E
2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR
Measurement Points
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-283

SIIA2174E
2006 Murano

REAR BODY Measurement

BODY REPAIR

SIIA2175E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-284

2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR
Measurement Points
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-285

SIIA2176E
2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR

Handling Precautions for Plastics
HANDLING PRECAUTIONS FOR PLASTICS

NIS001AH

Abbreviation

Material name

Heat resisting temperature °C(°F)

Resistance to gasoline and solvents

Other cautions

PE

Polyethylene

60(140)

Gasoline and most solvents are harmless if applied for a very short time (wipe up quickly).

Flammable

PVC

Poly Vinyl Chloride

80(176)

Same as above.

Poison gas is emitted when burned.

EPM/ EPDM

Ethylene Propylene (Diene) copolymer

80(176)

Same as above.

Flammable

TPO

Thermoplastic Olefine

80(176)

Same as above.

Flammable

PP

Polypropylene

90(194)

Same as above.

Flammable, avoid battery acid.

UP

Unsaturated Polyester

90(194)

Same as above.

Flammable

PS

Polystyrene

80(176)

Avoid solvents.

Flammable

ABS

Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene

80(176)

Avoid gasoline and solvents.

PMMA Poly Methyl Methacrylate

85(185)

Same as above.

EVAC

Ethylene Vinyl Acetate

90(194)

Same as above.

ASA

Acrylonitrile Styrene Acrylate

100(222)

Same as above.

Flammable

PPE

Poly Phenylene Ether

110(230)

Same as above.

PC

Polycarbonate

120(248)

Same as above.

PAR

Polyarylate

180(356)

Same as above.

PUR

Polyurethane

90(194)

Same as above.

POM

Poly Oxymethylene

120(248)

Same as above.

Avoid battery acid.

PBT+ PC

Poly Butylene Terephthalate + Polycarbonate

120(248)

Same as above.

Flammable

PA

Polyamide

140(284)

Same as above.

Avoid immersing in water.

PBT

Poly Butylene Terephthalate

140(284)

Same as above.

PET

Polyester

180(356)

Same as above.

PEI

Polyetherimide

200(392)

Same as above.

1. When repairing and painting a portion of the body adjacent to plastic parts, consider their characteristics (influence of heat and solvent) and remove them if necessary or take suitable measures to protect them.
2. Plastic parts should be repaired and painted using methods suiting the materials, characteristics.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-286

2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR
LOCATION OF PLASTIC PARTS
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-287

SIIA2177E
2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR

SIIA2178E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-288

2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR

Precautions in Repairing High Strength Steel

NIS001AI

High strength steel is used for body panels in order to reduce vehicle weight.

A

Accordingly, precautions in repairing automotive bodies made of high strength steel are described below:

HIGH STRENGTH STEEL (HSS) USED IN NISSAN VEHICLES

B

Tensile strength

Nissan/Infiniti designation

Major applicable parts

373 N/mm2 (38kg/mm2 ,54klb/sq in)

SP130

SP130 is the most commonly used HSS. SP150 HSS is used only on parts that require much more strength.

q Front & rear side member assembly
C
q Hoodledge assembly

q Lower dash

q Hood

D

q Other reinforcements

E

F

G

H

BL

J

K

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-289

2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR
Read the Following Precautions When Repairing HSS: 1. Additional points to consider
q The repair of reinforcements (such as side members) by heating is not recommended since it may weaken the component. When heating is unavoidable, do not heat HSS parts above 550°C (1,022°F). Verify heating temperature with a thermometer. (Crayon-type and other similar type thermometer are appropriate.)
q When straightening body panels, use caution in pulling any HSS panel. Because HSS is very strong, pulling may cause deformation in adjacent portions of the body. In this case, increase the number of measuring points, and carefully pull the HSS panel.
q When cutting HSS panels, avoid gas (torch) cutting if possible. Instead, use a saw to avoid weakening surrounding areas due to heat. If gas (torch) cutting is unavoidable, allow a minimum margin of 50 mm (1.97in).
q When welding HSS panels, use spot welding whenever possible in order to minimize weakening surrounding areas due to heat. If spot welding is impossible, use M.I.G. welding. Do not use gas (torch) welding because it is inferior in welding strength.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-290

PIIA0115E PIIA0116E PIIA0117E PIIA0144E
2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR
q The spot weld on HSS panels is harder than that of an ordinary steel panel. Therefore, when cutting spot welds on a HSS panel, use a low speed high torque drill (1,000 to 1,200 rpm) to increase drill bit durability and facilitate the operation.
2. Precautions in spot welding HSS This work should be performed under standard working conditions. Always note the following when spot welding HSS: q The electrode tip diameter must be sized properly according to the metal thickness.
q The panel surfaces must fit flush to each other, leaving no gaps.

q Follow the specifications for the proper welding pitch.
Unit: mm

Thickness (t)

Minimum pitch (l)

0.6 (0.024) 0.8 (0.031) 1.0 (0.039) 1.2 (0.047) 1.6 (0.063) 1.8 (0.071)

10 (0.39) or over 12 (0.47) or over 18 (0.71) or over 20 (0.79) or over 27 (1.06) or over 31 (1.22) or over

A

B

C
PIIA0145E
D

E

F

G
PIIA0146E
H

BL

J

PIIA0147E

K

L

M

PIIA0148E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-291

2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR

Replacement Operations
DESCRIPTION

NIS001AJ

This section is prepared for technicians who have attained a high level of skill and experience in repairing collision-damaged vehicles and also use modern service tools and equipment. Persons unfamiliar with body repair techniques should not attempt to repair collision-damaged vehicles by using this section.

Technicians are also encouraged to read Body Repair Manual (Fundamentals) in order to ensure that the original functions and quality of the vehicle can be maintained. The Body Repair Manual (Fundamentals) contains additional information, including cautions and warning, that are not including in this manual. Technicians should refer to both manuals to ensure proper repairs.

Please note that these information are prepared for worldwide usage, and as such, certain procedures might not apply in some regions or countries.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-292

2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR
The symbols used in this section for cutting and welding / brazing operations are shown below. A B C D E F G H
BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-293

PIIA0149E
2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR
q Front pillar butt joint can be determined anywhere within shaded area as shown in the figure. The best location for the butt joint is at position A due to the construction of the vehicle. Refer to the front pillar section.
q Determine cutting position and record distance from the locating indent. Use this distance when cutting the service part. Cut outer front pillar over 60 mm above inner front pillar cut position.
q Prepare a cutting jig to make outer pillar easier to cut. Also, this will permit service part to be accurately cut at joint position.
q An example of cutting operation using a cutting jig is as follows. 1. Mark cutting lines.
A: Cut position of outer pillar B: Cut position of inner pillar 2. Align cutting line with notch on jig. Clamp jig to pillar. 3. Cut outer pillar along groove of jig. (At position A) 4. Remove jig and cut remaining portions. 5. Cut inner pillar at position B in same manner.

PIIA0150E PIIA0151E PIIA0152E PIIA0153E

Revision: 2006 August

BL-294

2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR
HOODLEDGE
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Change parts q Hoodledge assembly (LH)
Revision: 2006 August

q Hoodledge reinforcement (LH)
BL-295

SIIA2180E
2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR
HOODLEDGE (PARTIAL REPLACEMENT)

Change parts q Upper hoodledge (RH)
Revision: 2006 August

q Lower front hoodledge (RH)
BL-296

SIIA2181E
q Hoodledge reinforcement (RH)
2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR

FRONT SIDE MEMBER

q Work after hoodledge has been removed.

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

BL

J

K

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-297

SIIA2182E
2006 Murano

Change parts q Front side member (LH)

BODY REPAIR
q Front side member closing plate assembly (LH)

Revision: 2006 August

BL-298

2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR
FRONT SIDE MEMBER (PARTIAL REPLACEMENT)
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Change parts q Front side member (RH)
Revision: 2006 August

q Front side member front closing plate (RH)
BL-299

SIIA2183E
2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR
FRONT PILLAR q Work after hoodledge reinforcement has been removed.

Revision: 2006 August

BL-300

SIIA2184E
2006 Murano

Change parts q Side body assembly (LH)

BODY REPAIR

q Inner side roof rail (LH)

q Side dash (LH)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

BL

J

K

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-301

SIIA2185E
2006 Murano

CENTER PILLAR

BODY REPAIR

Change parts q Side body assembly (LH)
Revision: 2006 August

q Inner center pillar (LH)
BL-302

SIIA2186E
2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-303

SIIA2187E
2006 Murano

OUTER SILL

BODY REPAIR

Change parts
Revision: 2006 August

BL-304

SIIA2188E
2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR

q Outer sill (LH)

q Outer sill reinforcement assembly (LH) q Lower front pillar reinforcement (LH)

q Rear outer sill reinforcement (LH)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

BL

J

K

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-305

SIIA2189E
2006 Murano

REAR FENDER

BODY REPAIR

Change parts q Rear fender assembly (LH)
Revision: 2006 August

BL-306

SIIA2190E
2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR
A B C D E F G H BL J K L M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-307

SIIA2191E
2006 Murano

REAR PANEL

BODY REPAIR

Change parts q Rear panel assembly
Revision: 2006 August

BL-308

SIIA2192E
2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR

REAR FLOOR REAR

q Work after rear panel has been removed.

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

BL

J

K

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-309

SIIA2193E
2006 Murano

Change parts q Rear floor rear

BODY REPAIR
q Spare tire clamp bracket

Revision: 2006 August

BL-310

SIIA2437E
2006 Murano

BODY REPAIR

REAR SIDE MEMBER EXTENSION

q Work after rear panel has been removed.

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

BL

J

K

L

M

Revision: 2006 August

BL-311

SIIA2195E
2006 Murano

Change parts q Rear side member extension (LH)

BODY REPAIR

Revision: 2006 August

BL-312

2006 Murano


Acrobat Distiller 4.05 for Windows FrameMaker SGML 5.5.6p145J

Related Documents

Preview Nissan Automatic Air Conditioner Service Manual: Troubleshooting and Repair Guide
Comprehensive service manual for Nissan automatic air conditioning systems, covering precautions, system operation, troubleshooting, component diagnostics, and repair procedures for the 2005 FX model.
Preview 2007 Nissan Titan Engine Mechanical Service Manual
Comprehensive service manual detailing engine mechanical systems, procedures, troubleshooting, and specifications for the 2007 Nissan Titan.
Preview Nissan Audio Visual, Navigation & Telephone System Service Manual
This service manual from K ELECTRICAL provides detailed technical information for Nissan's Audio Visual, Navigation, and Telephone Systems. It covers system descriptions, component locations, wiring diagrams, troubleshooting, and removal/installation procedures for audio, navigation, and related components like AUDIOPILOT™ and BOSE systems.
Preview 2006 Nissan Pathfinder Power Supply, Ground & Circuit Elements Service Manual Section
Comprehensive guide to the 2006 Nissan Pathfinder's electrical system, detailing power supply routing, ground circuits, IPDM E/R functions, and harness layouts for effective vehicle diagnostics and repair.
Preview Nissan G35 Coupe 2005 VDC/TCS/ABS Brake Control System Service Manual
Comprehensive service manual for the 2005 Nissan G35 Coupe, detailing the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC), Traction Control System (TCS), and Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). Covers precautions, diagnostics, inspections, and component removal/installation.
Preview 2003 Nissan Altima Electrical System: Power Supply, Ground & Circuit Elements Manual
Comprehensive guide to the 2003 Nissan Altima's electrical system, covering power supply routing, ground circuits, IPDM E/R, harness layouts, fuses, and relays. Essential for automotive technicians and enthusiasts.
Preview 2008 Nissan Rogue Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Service Manual
Comprehensive service manual for the 2008 Nissan Rogue, detailing the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) diagnosis, inspection, repair, and specifications. Includes troubleshooting guides for common TPMS issues and diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs).
Preview Nissan Juke HVAC System Service and Repair Manual
Comprehensive guide for servicing the Nissan Juke's Ventilation, Heater, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) system. Covers detailed precautions, preparation steps, system descriptions, diagnostic procedures, refrigerant and lubricant handling, performance testing, symptom diagnosis, and component removal/installation.